Queen Anna's New World of Words; or, Dictionarie of the Italian and English Tongues (part 11 of 11)

Queen Anna's New World of Words; or, Dictionarie of the Italian and English Tongues (part 11 of 11)

Vín[o] voltát[o], dead wine or wine that is turned sowre by thunder or hot weather.

Vinténa, a score or twenty in number.

Vintésim[o], the twentieth in order.

Vínti, the number of twenty.

Vínt[o], vanquished, conquered, subdued. Also woon or gotten, accoyed. Looke Víncere.

Vióla, a flowre called a Violet. Also a Violet colour. Also a Viollglasse. Also an instrument called a violl or violine.

Vióla biánca, the stocke Gilloflowre. Also the white Violet.

Vi[o]lábile, violable, that may be violated, abused, forced or rauished. Looke Vi[o]láre.

Violacẻ[o], of a Violet-colour, like a Violet. Also that is made of Violets.

Vióla da árc[o], a Bow-violin or Violl.

Vióla da brácci[o], a violin.

Vióla di gámba, a Violl de Gamba, because men hold it betweene or vpon their legges.

Vi[o]lamént[o], as Vi[o]lati[ó]ne.

Vi[o]láre, to violate, to defile, to pollute, to distaine, to corrupt, to make foule. Also to force, to rape, to deflowre or rauish a woman. Also to marre or spoile. Also to hurt, to misuse or wrong. Also to transgresse, to doe against, to breake or infringe a law or any good order. Also to adorne with Violets or to die a violet colour.

Violári[o], as Violár[o].

Violár[o], a place or plot of Violets.

Viola scr[o]tína, the Purple stocke Gillofer.

Vi[o]láta, a woman rauished or distayned.

Vi[o]lati[ó]ne, a violating, a defiling, a polluting, a deflowring. Looke Vi[o]láre.

Vi[o]lát[o], violated, defiled, polluted, &c. Also infringed or downe against. Looke Vi[o]láre. Also dressed with violets. Also a Violet, a Puke or Purple colour. Also blue silke.

Vi[o]lat[ó]re, a rauisher, a deflowrer, &c. a wronger, an infringer. Looke Vi[o]láre.

Vióle acciócche, a kind of doubble violets.

Vi[o]lẻbb[o], a iuleb made of violets.

Violeggiáre, to flowrish with Violets.

VIR

Vióle mámm[o]le, the doubble violets.

Vi[o]lẻntáre, to offer violence vnto, to force, to vrge, to constraine, to compell.

Vi[o]lẻnte, offring violence, violent, forcible, rash, headlong, iniurious, impacient.

Vi[o]lẻnza, violence, vehemency, fiercenesse, force, compulsion, rashnesse, rage.

Violettín[o], a violet or purple colour.

Violétt[o], a violet, a puke or purple colour.

Violína, a little violet flower.

Violín[o], a violin. Also a viole-glasse.

Viól[o], a kind of white violet.

Viol[ó]ne, a great or base violl.

Vi[o]tórt[o]l[o], a drinking-glasse with a long, winding and crooked necke called a bubling glasse.

Viottẻll[o], as Viótt[o]l[o].

Viótt[o]l[o], an Ally, a Path, a Causey, a way.

Vípera, a Viper, an Adder, a Snake.

Viperále, hearbe Rew or hearbe of grace.

Viperáre, to enuiper. Also to enuenome.

Viperẻ[o], viperous, serpentine.

Viperína, Snakes-grasse, Vipers-grasse.

Viperín[o], viperous, serpentine.

Viper[ó]s[o], viporous, snakie.

Vipi[ó]ne, the lesser kind of Crane.

Vipistráre, to houer vp and downe about twylight as a Night-bat.

Vipistrẻll[o], a Night-bat, a Reare-mouse.

Víra, a mannish woman.

Virág[o], a manly or mankind woman.

Viráre, to turne or twirle round.

Viráta, a twirling round.

Virẻnte, greene, flourishing, budding.

Vire[ó]ne, the Loriot, Greenefinch or Canary bird.

Vírga, as Vérga.

Vírga aurẻa, an hearbe called Golden rod.

Vírga del sángue, a shrube called the Blood-rod.

Virgífer[o], a Vergerer, one that beareth a Verge or Siluer wand or Rod before any Officer, namely before an Orator or Preacher.

Virgíle, as Vergílie.

Virginále, as Verginále.

Vírgine, as Vérgine.

Virginẻlla, as Verginẻlla.

Virginẻ[o], as Verginẻ[o].

Virginíssima, a most pure Virgin.

Virginità, as Verginità, virginity.

Vírg[o]la, any kind of little Vérga.

Virgúlt[o], any kind of shrub. Also any twig, sprig, sprout, burgeon, yongue branch or shoot, but properly tender sprigs or sprouts growing together out of the ground.

VIR

Vi ricórda? Doe you remember?

Viridári[o], any garden, hort-yard, plot, or place that is alwaies greene, or pertaining to them. Also a place wherein beasts or foule are kept.

Viridiále, a greene finch or Canarie-bird.

Viridità, verdure or greenenesse.

Viriẻre, a Glasier or a Glasse-maker.

Viríle, manlike, male, of mankinde. Also of, belonging vnto, or meete for a man. Also valiant, stout, or graue. Tóga viríle, a gowne or garment which was taken and worne when Pretẻsta was left off, to wit, after the age of sixteene yeers was expired, and was commonly worne of yoong beginners and new maried persons, a wedding-gowne, or gowne without welt, guard, stitch, ornament or lace.

Virilíre, lísc[o], lít[o], to grow or become a man. Also to grow or become strong.

Virilità, virilitie, manlinesse, manhood. Also a mans genitors, or priuy parts.

Viriól[o], vitrioll or greene coperasse.

Virip[o]tẻnte, ripe for mariage, able to discharge the part of a man with a woman.

Vír[o], hath beene vsed for a man.

Vir[o]láre, to skrew or winde in with a vice.

Vir[o]létt[o], any turning skrew or vice.

Vir[ó]s[o], full of manly force, valiant as a man. Also desirous or lusting after man. Also rammish or of ill sauour and taste. Also venomous or full of poison.

Virtílla, a wrynecke or hickway.

Virtù, as Vertù.

Virtualità, the effect or power of vertue.

Virtualménte, according to the power of vertue, workingly, powerfully.

Virtudi[ó]s[o], as Vertu[ó]s[o], vertuous.

Virtueggiáre, to vse, to shew, to practise, to professe, or proceed in vertue.

Virtu[o]sità, vertuousnesse.

Virtu[ó]s[o], as Vertu[ó]s[o], vertuous.

Virulẻnt[o], stinking, of an euill taste. Also venomous or full of poison.

Virulẻnza, virulencie, a stinking taste, a venomousnesse.

Visácci[o], a filthie ill-fauoured face.

Visággi[o], the visage or face of a man.

Visáre, to marke, to note or aime at.

Visaruóla, a visard or maske, as Visiẻra.

Viscáppa, a double or a lined cape-cloke.

Viscárd[o], a thrush, a mauis, or throssell.

Viscarúgine, the Chameleon, which bringeth foorth birdlime.

Viscẻgli[o], a groue of yoong okes.

VIS

Viscẻnda, as Vicẻnda, or Facẻnda.

Visceráre, to panch, to vnbowell, or pull out the guts or bowels, to vnpanch.

Viscerataménte, proceeding from the bowels or entrailes. Also most heartilie and inwardly, euen from the heart.

Víscere, the entrailes, bowels, guts, or panch of any creature. Also the offall or garbage that hunters giue their dogs.

Viscer[ó]s[o], full of entrailes or bowels. Also full of heartie affection.

Vischiáre, to become or make slimie or clammie. Also to entangle, or catch with bird-lime.

Víschi[o], the shrub miscelden or mistle-toe. Also birdlime or any clammishnesse, slime, or gluish matter. Also all the flesh that is betweene the skin and bone. Also the chiefe entrailes of man or beast, as the heart, spleene, liuer, lungs, &c.

Vischi[ó]s[o], viscous, slimie, clammy, gluish.

Visciatẻlle, lushes or lime-twigs.

Víscid[o], as Vischi[ó]s[o].

Viscióla, a kinde of watrish cherie.

Vísc[o], as Víschi[o].

Visc[o]ntád[o], a Vicountie.

Visc[ó]nte, a Vicount. Also a Sheriffe of a Shire or Countie.

Visc[o]sità, viscousnesse, sliminesse, clamminesse, gluishnesse.

Visc[ó]s[o], as Vischi[ó]s[o].

Visentéria, in Spanish Camáras.

Visẻra, as Visiẻra.

Visétt[o], any little or prettie face.

Visíbile, visible, that may be seene.

Visibilità, visiblenesse, apparance.

Visibilménte, visibly, apparantly.

Visiẻra, a mans looke, aspect, or countenance. Also the sight hole of an helmet, of a caske, of a crosse-bow, of a stone-bow, or any other shooting peece. Also any prying or lurking hole. Also a paire of spectacles, or any thing to see through.

Visi[ó]ne, the sight of the eie, or whatsoeuer the eie seeth, or any thing that is set before ones eies to behold. Also any vision, seeing, apparition, or fantasie, or any thing that one hath seene in his sleepe or dreame.

Visir a chiefe counsellour, or chiefe states man about the great Turke, as much to say, a vice-roy, or deputy to a King.

Vi si scórda? Doe you forget?

Vísita, a view, a visiting, or visitation. Also a surueying.

Visitáre, to visit, to view, to suruey, or come and see often.

Visitati[ó]ne, as Vísita, a visitation.

Visitat[o]rát[o], the office of a visitor.

Visíua, visuall, pertaining to the sight.

Visiuaménte, visibly, apparantly.

VIT

Visíu[o], as Visíbile, visible.

Visnep[ó]te, a mans grandchildes sonne.

Vís[o], the visage, face, sight, looke, or aspect of a man. Also the sense of sight or seeing. Dante said, fù vís[o] a me, meaning, mee thought, or it seemed vnto me.

Vís[o] arcígn[o], a grim or frowning looke, a skouling face, a dusky lowring countenance.

Vís[o] di cáne, a dogs face.

Vis[ó]ne, a great, big, or huge face.

Visórij, the two optike nerues of the eies.

Vispertẻll[o], a night-bat, a reare-mouse.

Vísse, he, she, or it liued, of Víuere.

Víss[o], liued, had life, of Víuere.

Vísta, the sense of sight, or seeing of any creature. Also a sight, a looke, a view. Also a shew, a view, or prospect, a sight or spectacle of any thing. Also a presence, a semblance, or countenance, or aspect of a man. Also seene, viewed, noted, or looked.

Vistaménte, as Vist[o]saménte. Also quickly or out of hand. But it is taken from the French.

Víst[o], seene, viewed, looked, of Vedére.

Vist[o]saménte, sightly, in sight, in open view. Also comely, seemely, well-fauouredly.

Vist[o]sétta, somewhat sightly, comely, or well-fauoured to looke vpon.

Vist[ó]s[o], sightly, making a good shew, worth the looking vpon. Also seemely.

Vistríci, as Vímini.

Visuále, visuall, pertaining to the sight.

Visualménte, visibly, apparantly.

Víta, life, spirit, naturall vigour, any bodies maner of life. Also, forme, fashion, or maner of liuing. Vsed also for the stature or proportion of man or woman.

Vitáccia, a filthie life.

Víta duránte, during life.

Vitálba, the wilde vine or tetterberie growing in hedges with red berries, and winding about sets, the iuice whereof will cause the skin to blister. Some call it the Trauellers ioy. Some haue taken it for the hearbe Sengreene, house-leeke, or Prickmadame, and others for the hearbe Perwinkle. Others haue taken it for Brionie, wilde nip, or white wine. Also any belt or girdle of leather, or cord that Friers or hermites vse to weare about them.

Vitále, any thing pertaining to the maintenance of life, or that whereby we liue, and doth either bring or preserue life, vitall, liuely, that may liue or hope for life. Also the hearbe Sengreene, House-leeke, or Prickmadame the greater.

Vitáli, le párte vitáli, the liue parts, that is, the braine, the heart and liuer.

VIT

Vitalíssim[o], most vitall.

Vitalità, vitality, liuely-hood, the spirit of life whereby we liue and breath.

Víta militáre, a military or souldiers life.

Vitánza, a nickename of an idle liuer.

Vitáre, to screw, or wind with a vice.

Vitatín[o], a gull, a ninny, a silly foole.

Víte, any kind of vine that bringeth grapes. Also an Arbour of vines. Also any kind of winding screw or vice.

Víte álba, _a kind of wild vine that bringeth wilde and white grapes. Also a_s Vitálba.

Viteále, With-wind, or Binde-weed.

Víte fémina, the female screw, that is, the planke or timber screwed, thorow which the male screw is screwed.

Vitẻlla, a Cow-calfe, a Veale or Heafer.

Vitẻlláre, to calue as a cow. Also to skip and leape for ioy as a yongue calfe.

Vitẻllína, a yongue Cow Calfe or Veale. Also the flesh or meate of a Calfe or Veale. Also Calfes or Neates leather.

Vitẻll[o], a Bull Calfe or Veale. Vsed also for the yolke of an egge.

Vitẻll[o] di látte, a sucking Calfe.

Vitẻll[o] marín[o], a Seale-fish, or Sea-calfe.

Víte máschi[o], a male screw, that is, the spindle which is screwed and passeth thorow the timber screwed.

Vitétta, a pretty life or body.

Vitiáre, to vitiate, to spoile, to marre, to distaine, to sinne, as Vi[o]láre.

Vitiataménte, viciously, sinnefully, corruptedly, distainedly, violably.

Vitiati[ó]ne, viciousnesse, sinnefulnesse. Also a rauishing or deflouring.

Vitiat[ó]re, a deflowrer, a rauisher, a corrupter or distainer.

Vítice, a kinde of Withy called Parke-leaues, Chaste-tree, Hempter or Abrahams-balme.

Viticẻlla, a yongue springing vine. Also an hearbe which as the Vine doth, taketh hold of any thing next vnto it. Also the White briony.

Vítici délla víte, the tendrels of a vine or the shootes and branches of a vine cut away euery yeere, called vine shreads.

Vitiéu[o]le, that may be vitiated, polluted, distained, rauished or deflowred.

Vitilágine, the leprosie.

Vítile, any kind of binding rod or twig, as Vímini.

Vítile, pliant, pliable, flexible, meet to binde with, that may be wounden.

Vitiligáre, to backebite, to detract, to haft, to slander with ill words.

VIT

Vitiligat[ó]re, a backebiter, a detractor, a hafter, a slanderous tongue.

Vitilígine, the white Morphew vpon ones skin. Also the leprosie.

Vitiligin[ó]s[o], full of the white Morphew or of the leprosie.

Vitína, a little screw or vice. Also a little tub to keepe water in.

Víti[o], a vice, a fault, an errour, a sinne, a defect, an imperfection, an impediment, a default, a blemish, a blame, the contrary vnto vertue.

Viti[o]saménte, viciously, faultily.

Viti[o]sità, viciousnesse, naughtinesse, an inconstant affection of the minde, as Víti[o].

Viti[ó]s[o], vicious, faulty, sinfull, defectiue, imperfect, false, corrupted, blemished, full of vice. Also not sound, perished, crazed, worm-eaten.

Vit[o]peráre, as Vituperáre.

Vit[o]pẻri[o], as Vitupẻri[o].

Vit[o]per[ó]s[o], as Vituper[ó]s[o].

Vitrẻa. Looke T[ó]naca or T[ó]nica.

Vitrẻaría, a Glasse-house or the trade of making of Glasses.

Vitrẻ[o], of or belonging to glasse, vitrous, glassie, transparant, brickle.

Vitriária, or Vrce[o]láre, the hearbe Paritory vsed to scoure glasses or Pipkins.

Vitriáta, a Glasse-window. Also a window casement.

Vitriól[o], vitriall or coperasse. Also a Kings fisher. Also as Vitriária.

Vitriól[o] murále, as Vitriária.

Vitriól[o] r[o]mán[o], greene Coperasse.

Vítta, as Vétta.

Víttima, any beast killed for sacrifice. Also an oblation or sacrifice.

Vittimári, one that hath the charge of or that killeth the sacrifices.

Vítt[o], vanquished, conquered, ouercome, subdued, let of his purpose or intent.

Vítt[o], all manner of sustenance, foode, victuals or prouision and things necessary to liue by, as meate and drinke. Vsed also in ieast for a mans priuy member.

Vitt[ó]re, a victor, a vanquisher, a c[on]querer, a conuincer, one that hath the victory.

Vittória, a victory, a conquest, a vanquishing, the goale or vpper hand.

Vittoriále, of or belonging to victorie.

Vittoriáre, to haue victory, to triumph.

Vittoriát[o], a kind of old coine in Rome hauing the image of victory vpon it.

Vittorióla, Tongue-blade, Doubble-tongue, Horse-tongue, Tongue-lawrell, Lawrell of Alexandria.

VIT

Vittori[ó]s[o], victorious, triumphant.

Vitt[o]uáglia, as Vett[o]váglia, victuals.

Vitt[o]uagliáre, to victuall.

Vittríce, a victorious woman.

Vittuária, victuals.

Vittuariáre, to victuall.

Vittúre, certaine earthen pots vsed to bury treasure in vnder ground.

Vitulánte, wantonly reioyceing.

Vitulinári[o], Calues-snout or Muzzle.

Vitulláre, as Vitẻlláre.

Vituperábile, as Vituper[ó]s[o].

Vituperággine, as Vitupẻri[o].

Vituperáre, to disgrace, to shame, to reproach, to defame, to discommend, to dishonour.

Vituperat[ó]re, a disgracer, a shamer, a reprocher, a defamer, a dishonourer.

Vituperéu[o]le, as Vituper[ó]s[o].

Vitupẻri[o], shame, reproch, defamation, disgrace, rebuke, dishonour, infamie.

Vitupẻr[o], as Vitupẻri[o].

Vituper[ó]s[o], shamefull, reprochfull, disgracefull, dishonourable, defamed.

Víua, viuat, liue. Also Sẻmpre víu[o].

Víua ácqua, a liuing water.

Viuacchiáre, to make shift to liue, to rub and hold out, to liue carelesly.

Viuáce, liuely, full of life, quicke, nimble, strong of nature. Also lusty and gallant.

Viuaceménte, liuely, lustily, nimbly.

Viuacità, viuacity, liuelinesse, quickenesse, naturall strength, nimblenesse.

Viuágn[o], the list or seluage of any cloth, the end of any web. Also a hem or welt.

Víua il Rẻ, God saue the King.

Viuái[o], any place where wilde beasts, birds or fishes are kept aliue, as a Parke, a Warren, a Conigre, a Volery or great cage, a Pond or Poole for fish.

Viuánda, any kind of viands, foode or sustenance to maintaine life.

Viuandái[o], a Victualer, a Viander, a Prouider for victuals.

Viuandiẻre, as Viuandái[o].

Viuári[o], as Viuái[o].

Víua v[ó]ce, a liuing voice.

Viuẻnte, liuing, aliue, quicke, breathing.

Víuere, uíu[o], víssi, uiuút[o], víss[o], or vissút[o], to liue, to breath, to haue life.

Víuere a cása, to liue at home, to keepe ones wits about him.

Víuere a scrócc[o], védi Scrócc[o].

Víuere m[ó]lt'ánni, to liue many yeeres.

VLC

Víueri, all maner of food or victuals.

Viuẻrra, a ferret to kill cunnies.

Viuẻrráre, to ferret out.

Viuẻrr[o], a ferret.

Víuer sénza, to liue without.

Víuer sicúr[o], to liue secure.

Víuer víta, to liue a life.

Viuézza, as Viuacità.

Víui, a kinde of rauenous fowle.

Víuid[o], as Viuáce.

Viuificáre, to quicken, to giue life vnto.

Viuificati[ó]ne, a quickning, a viuifying.

Viuífic[o], liuely, quicke, viuifying, quickning, that doth quicken.

Viuíssim[o], most quicke or liuely.

Víu[o], aliue, quicke, liuing, breathing, that liueth. Also liuely, lusty, gallant, nimble, full of life or motion, or that neuer standeth still. Acqua víua, running or liuing water. Calcína víua, vnslaked lime.

Víu[o], the life, liuelinesse, quicke, or true point of any thing.

Víu[o] del pẻzz[o]. Looke Tr[o]uáre, or Tiráre, or Smorzáre.

Víu[o] fiúme, a running streame.

Viuóla, an instrument of musicke called a violl, or violin.

Viuóla de gámba, a violl de gamba.

Víu[o]le, the vines in a horse.

Viuuóla, a violin or violl.

Viuuól[o], the stalke of gilly-flower. Vsed also for a gilly-flower.

Viuút[o], liued, had life, of Víuere.

Vízza, a wrimple, a wrinkling, a crumple.

Vizzáre, to wrinkle, to wither, to crumple.

Vízz[o], wrimpled, wrinkled, crumpled. Also soft, flappie, or saplesse as old womens dugs be.

Vizz[ó]s[o], full of wrimples or wrinkles.

V´lcera, any kinde of vlcer, impostumation, bile, botch, running or matterie sore, a corrupt matter perishing in the skinne, and couered with a scab. Vsed also for a wound, a cut, a gash, or open place in the barke of a tree.

Vlceráre, to vlcerate, to grow to an vlcer, a botch or impostumation.

Vlcerária, the hearbe stinking Hore-hound.

Vlcerári[o], that maketh blisters.

Vlcerati[ó]ne, an vlceration, a sorenesse or breaking out into a scab.

V´lcere chirónie, incurable vlcers.

V´lcere fauíne, vlcers that run a kinde of matter like hony.

Vlcerín[o], vlcerous, full of vlcers, sores, botches or impostumations.

Vlcer[ó]s[o], as Vlcerín[o].

V´lc[o], a running botch or sore. Also an open place of the barke of a tree.

Vlẻsse, a shrub or bush like rosemary, and is said to draw gold vnto it.

VLV

Vlezzáre, to smell, to sent, to sauour.

V´lice, as Vlẻsse.

Vlígine, the naturall moistnesse of the earth.

Vligin[ó]s[o], euer moist, wet, or plashie. Also soaked with being long in the water.

Vlissip[ó]na, the hearbe Serpentária.

Vlíua, any kinde of oliue.

Vliuále, in forme or colour of an oliue.

Vliuástr[o], as [O]liuástro, as Vliuále.

Vliuétt[o], a groue full of oliue trees.

Vliuígn[o], of forme or colour of an oliue.

Vlíu[o], any kinde of oliue-tree.

V´lla, as Mẻzzule.

V´lma, as Vlua, a kinde of Sea-weede.

V´lna, the vndermost and lesser of the two long bones of the cubit, which are both ioined together betweene themselues, as well with the shoulder-bone, as with the wrist of the hand: albeit Vlna, neere the wrist is committed to Rádi[o]. It is also called F[o]cíle min[ó]re. Some construe it to be the distance or measure betweene the point of the elbow and the fingers ends.

Vl[o]ph[o]l[ó]ne, as Camele[ó]ne.

Vlpíc[o], great and wilde garlike.

Vlteri[ó]re, further, beyond, or behinde.

Vlteri[o]rità, a further distance.

V´ltima genitúra, the last engendring.

Vltimaménte, lastly, at last, finally.

Vltimáre, to finish, to make an end.

Vltimataménte, as Vltimaménte.

Vltimati[ó]ne, a finishing last.

V´ltim[o], last, finall, lag, hindmost. Also chiefe, extremest, or greatest.

Vltim[o]gẻnit[o], last-begotten.

V´lt[o], that hath reuenged, or taken vengeance and punishment.

Vlt[ó]re, a reuenger, a punisher, hee that taketh reuenge, an executioner.

Vltríce, she that punisheth, reuengeth, or taketh vengeance.

V´lua, a kinde of sea-weede, rush, reede, or reike.

V´lula, any kinde of owle or howlet.

Vlulánte, skreeking, howling, yelling.

Vluláre, to skreeke as an Owle. Also to howle or yell as a dog or wolfe, to lament.

Vlulát[o], skreeked. Also howled, yelled, or lamented. Also a skreeking, a yelling, a howling, a pitifull crying or lamenting.

Vlúlul[o], as Vlulát[o].

Vlzóll[o], as V´lz[o]l[o], a kid so called among the Grisons.

Vmanità, as Humanità.

Vmán[o], as Humán[o].

Vmbẻlla, as [O]mbrẻlla. Also the round head of any hearbe, as of fenell.

Vmbilicáli artérie. Looke [O]mbilicáli.

Vmbilicári[o], as [O]mbilicári[o].

Vmbilicát[o], as [O]mbilicát[o].

VNC

Vmbilíc[o], as [O]mbilíc[o].

Vmbilíc[o] dell'anẻll[o]. Looke [O]mbilíc[o].

Vmbilíc[o] dell'vuóu[o]. Looke [O]mbilíc[o].

Vmbilíc[o] del S[ó]le. Looke [O]mbilíc[o].

Vmbilíc[o] di vẻnere. Looke [O]mbilíc[o].

V´mbra, as [Ó]mbra.

Vmbrácul[o], as [O]mbrácul[o].

Vmbrẻlla, as [O]mbrẻlla.

V´mbria, as [Ó]mbria.

Vmbrína, as [O]mbrína.

Vmbr[o]sità, shadinesse.

Vmbr[ó]s[o], shadie.

Vmidézza, as Humidità, moistnesse.

Vmidíre, as Humidíre, to moisten.

Vmidità, as Humidità, moistnesse.

V´mid[o], as Húmido, moist.

Vmid[ó]re, as Humidità, moistnesse.

Vmid[ó]s[o], moist, full of moistnesse.

V´mile, as Húmile, humble.

Vmiliáre, as Humiliáre, to humble.

Vmiliati[ó]ne, humiliation.

Vmiltà, humility, humblenesse.

Vn, the number one. Vn'huóm[o], a man.

V´na, the number of one.

Vna buóna máncia, a good gift.

Vna buóna pẻzza, a good while.

Vna c[o]tál cósa, such a thing.

Vna fiáta, once, one time. Also finally.

Vn'áltra vólta, another time, once more.

Vn'áltr[o], another, one more.

Vnáme, a fish in China, that, as the whale, produceth much oile.

Vnanimaménte, iointly, of or with one minde, heart, will, consent, or accord.

Vnanimità, vnanimitie, co[n]cord of mind, consent of heart and good will.

Vnánim[o], of one minde, consent, heart, will and accord.

Vna pẻzza, a peece, a while.

Vna quálche, some one.

Vna qualche cósa, any one thing soeuer, whatsoeuer one thing.

Vna vólta, once, one time. Also finally.

Vn bátter d'ócchi[o], a moment, as wee say, the twinkling of an eie.

Vn bẻl chè, a goodly thing, a faire what.

Vn cẻrt[o], a certaintie, a certaine man.

V´nchie [o]d[o]ráte, a kinde of shell-fish.

Vnciária, of an ounce weight.

Vncígli, as Vncinẻlli.

Vncigliáre, as Vncináre.

Vncináre, to catch or drag with hookes, to hang on hookes, to set on tenter-hookes. Also to hooke, to crooke, or make crooked. Also to tacke or chap.

Vncinát[o], catcht or dragd with hookes, hanged on hookes or crooks, set on tenter-hookes. Also hooked or crooked. Also fashioned as a hooke or a dragge, or armed with hookes. Also clasped. Also full of clawes or pounces.

VNG

Vncinat[ó]re, a hooking, crooking, dragging, griping, scraping or grating fellow.

Vncinẻlli, any kind of little hooks, flesh-hookes, tenter-hookes, fish-hookes, pot-hookes, crookes, tackes or nailes called tackes or tashes or trashes. Also claspes and hookes on garments.

Vncíni d'am[ó]re, loue allarements, loue entanglings, loues hookes.

Vncín[o], any kind of hooke, crooke, drag, flesh-hooke, tenter-hooke, fish-hooke or pot-hooke. Also any claspe and hook for garments, any tack or tach or trash. Also a little anker. Also a broade arrow-head or the crooked head of a shaft or dart. Also a little club or bat crooked at the end. Looke Attaccáre l'vncín[o].

Vncinút[o], as Vncinát[o].

V´nc[o], as Vncín[o].

V´ndeci, the number of eleuen.

Vndẻcim[o], the eleuenth in order.

Vndecirémi, a Gally with eleuen oares on a side.

Vndelát[o], as [O]ndelát[o].

Vndenári[o], belonging to eleuen.

Vndesáre, per vndesársi ẻd ammassársi più strettaménte.

Vn dì, one day. Also one of.

Vn dì auánti, one day before or sooner.

Vndicésim[o], the eleuenth in order.

V´ndici, the number eleuen.

Vn diẻci gi[ó]rni, one tendaies.

Vn di più, one day more.

Vn di pói, one day after.

Vndis[o]nánte, sounding like the Sea-waues.

V´ne, the number one.

Vnédine, the fruite of the Arbut or Strawberry-tree, it is in shew like an Apple, bitter and noysome both to the head and stomacke.

Vngẻlle, as Vnghia degli ócchij.

V´ngere, úng[o], unsi, ungiút[o], or únt[o], to anoint, to oint, to grease, to tallow, to smeare.

V´ngere i stiuáli, to grease ones bootes, that is to flatter or faune vpon.

V´nghia, as [Ó]nghia.

V´nghia baldán[o]. Looke [Ó]nghia.

V´nghia cauallína, as Tussilágine.

V´nghia degl'ócchij. Looke [Ó]nghia.

V´nghia di cauáll[o], as Tussilágine.

V´nghia [o]d[o]ráta. Looke [Ó]nghia.

V´nghia [o]d[o]r[ó]sa. Looke [Ó]nghia.

Vnghiáre, as [O]nghiáre.

Vnghiár[o], as [O]nghiár[o].

Vnghiát[o], as [O]nghiát[o].

Vnghiẻlla, as [O]nghiẻlla.

Vnghiétta, any kind of little [Ó]nghia.

Vnghi[ó]ne, any kind of great [Ó]nghia.

Vnghi[ó]s[o], as [O]nghiát[o].

VNI

Vngimáni, as [O]ngimáni.

Vngiúme, any kinde of unction, oyntment, grease, seame, fat, tallow, sewet, seame, butter of such oylie and fatty substance. Also any filth or greasinesse.

Vngiút[o], oynted, anointed, greased, tallowed or smeared. Looke V´ngere.

Vn grán chè, a great matter.

Vn grán fátt[o], a great deed.

Vn grán pẻzz[o], a great while. Also a great piece.

Vnguánn[o]. Vsed for Vnguẻnt[o].

V´ngue, a kind of Shell fish.

Vnguẻntái[o], an Apothecary, an oyntment or salue maker. Also a perfumer, one that maketh sweet oyles and selleth them.

Vnguẻntáre, to annoynt, to salue, to vse or dresse with vnctions.

Vnguẻntaría, an Apothecaries shop. Also the arte of perfuming or making sweet Oyles.

Vnguentár[o], as Vnguẻntái[o].

Vnguẻnt[o], any kind of Oyntment, salue or vnction, any kind of sweet oyle or liquid perfume, any kinde of liquor mingled with Oyle. Vsed metaphorically for any comfort, remedy or saluing of a thing.

Vnguẻnt[o] cancr[ó]ni, an insinuating fellow that will sticke close and pull some thing from one.

Vnguént[o] da cáncheri, a subtle, slie knaue, a wily crafty fox.

Vnguétta, any little [Ó]nghia.

Vnguin[ó]s[o], vnctuous and fatty.

V´ni, vsed for the number of one.

Vníbile, that may be vnited into one.

Vnibilità, an vniting into one.

Vnicálam[o], that hath but one stemme.

Vnicaménte, onely, alone, singularlie.

Vnicáti, as Vnguẻnt[o] cancr[ó]ni.

Vnicauità, an euen hollownesse.

Vnicául[o], that hath but one stalke.

Vnicáu[o], euen hollow.

V´nic[o], onely, one alone, singular.

Vnic[o]gẻnit[o], an onely begotten child.

Vnic[o]l[ó]re, of one onely colour.

Vnicórde, agreeing in heart.

Vnicordialità, hearts-agreeing.

Vnicórn[o], an Vnicorne, or else his horn. Also hauing but one horne.

Vnicúba, a woman lying but with one man.

Vnifógli[o], the single leafe Lilly.

Vnifóli[o], as Vnifógli[o].

Vnif[ó]rme, vniforme, of one forme.

Vnif[o]rmeménte, vniformly.

Vnif[o]rmità, vniformity, one same shape.

Vnigamía, a marriage of one wife onelie.

Vnigám[o], he that hath once been maried.

VNI

Vnigẻnit[o], onely begotten, an onely childe.

Vnimán[o], that hath but one hand.

Vnim[o]daménte, after one onely fashion.

Vnimód[o], of one sort or fashion.

Vni[ó]ne, vnion, vnity, concord, agreement. Also a great, faire and orient pearle.

Vni[ó]ne pẻrpẻtua, a perpetuity or entayling of lands in one name or bloud.

Vnipẻde, that hath but one foote.

Vníre, vnísc[o], vnít[o], to vnite or conioyne in one. Also as [O]níre.

Vnis[ó]ne, an vnison in musike.

Vnistírpe, of one stocke or stemme.

Vnisuón[o], of one onely sound.

Vnità, an vnity, a singlenesse, an vniting into one. Also a concord or attonement.

Vnitaménte, ioyntly together in one, vnitedly, of one minde and accord.

Vnít[o], vnited, conioyned in one, made one, attoned, accorded in one.

Vniuálu[o], that hath but one shale, shell or huske.

Vniuẻrsále, vniuersall, common vnto all.

Vniuẻrsalità, vniuersality, generalitie.

Vniuẻrsalménte, vniuersally, generallie.

Vniuẻrsáre, to make vniuersall.

Vniuẻrsip[o]tẻnte, that hath power ouer all.

Vniuẻrsip[o]tẻnza, power ouer all.

Vniuẻrsità, vniuersality, generality, the whole frame of the world, the vniuersall world. Also a whole estate. Also an Vniuersity or publike schoole.

Vniuẻrsità d'vn'arte, a Company or Society of a trade as of Mercers, &c.

Vniuẻrs[o], the Vniuerse or whole frame of the world, the whole publike.

Vniuẻrs[o], Vniuersall, generall, publike and common to all.

Vniuíra, a woman that hath but one only husband.

Vniu[o]cati[ó]ne, a signification but of one thing.

Vniuóc[o], signifying but one thing.

Vn m[ó]nd[o], a world.

Vn n[o]n c[o]uẻlle, a thing of nothing, a thing importing not any thing.

Vn n[o]n núlla, as Vn n[o]n c[o]uẻlle.

Vn n[o]n sò chè, one I wot not what.

V´n[o], the number of one. Also one or some body, or some one.

V´n[o] ad ún[o], by one and one.

Vnócul[o], that hath but one eie.

V´n[o] pẻr un'áltr[o], one for another.

Vn[o] pẻr vólta, one at once, or at one time.

Vn[o] quálche, some one.

VOC

Vn pái[o], a paire, a couple, a yoke, a brace.

Vn pái[o] di nózze, a wedding.

Vn pár tú[o], one thy match.

Vn páss[o] e sálta, when a horse doth take one pace and a leape, which faults or leapes ought to bee Sálti aggr[o]ppáti, that is, high and strongly performed on the backe.

Vn pẻzz[o], a peece, a while.

Vn pò, as Vn póc[o].

Vn pochétt[o], as vn popò.

Vn póc[o], a little quantitie or space.

Vn poc[o]lín[o], as vn popò.

Vn popò, a very little quantitie.

V´nqua, euer or neuer, at any time.

Vnquachè, as V´nqua.

Vn quálche, some one.

Vnquánc[o], as V´nqua.

V´nque, as V´nqua.

Vnquemái, as V´nqua.

Vn tále, such a one, such a man.

Vn tánt[o], one so much.

Vn tẻmp[o], one time.

Vnticéi[o], as Vnt[ó]s[o].

Vn tín[o].

Vn tír[o], as Vn trátta. Looke Tír[o].

Vnti[ó]ne, an vnction, an anointing, a greasing or rubbing with any ointment or oilie substance. Also an anointing or consecrating of a King. Also one of the Roman Sacraments, called the extreme vnction.

V´nt[o], ointed, anointed, greased, smeared or rubbed with any vnction, ointment, oile or fattie substance. Also anointed or consecrated as a King.

V´nt[o], vsed for butter, or any fatty, oily, and greasie substance, but properly the leafe of a hogge, which is the fat that lieth by the backe and ribs, good for salues, or to frie meat withall. Also smooth, polished and glib.

Vntória medicína, any anointing, oily or fatty medicine, as salues or ointments.

Vnt[ó]s[o], unctuous, fattie, oilie, greasie or buttery. Also smooth and glib.

Vnt[o] s[o]ttíle, butter. Also seame of a hogge.

Vn trátt[o], once, one time. Also one cast, one throw, one tricke. Looke Trátt[o] or Tír[o].

Vntúme, as Vngiúme.

Vntu[ó]s[o], as Vnt[ó]s[o].

Vò, the first person singular of the present tense of the Verbes Andáre and V[o]lére, I goe, I wend. Looke Andáre. Also I will, I require. Looke V[o]lére. Vsed also for v[ó]i, you.

V[o]arcadúmia, a kinde of Alchimie, or transmutation of metals.

V[o]arcauména, as V[o]arcadúmia.

V[o]cab[o]lári[o], a dictionarie, a register, or denominating of words and names.

V[o]cab[o]lísta, as V[o]cab[o]lári[o]. Also a professor of words.

VOG

V[o]cáb[o]l[o], a word, a name, a terme, or denomination of any thing.

V[o]cabulári[o], as V[o]cab[o]lári[o].

V[o]cabulísta, as V[o]cab[o]lári[o].

V[o]cábul[o], as V[o]cáb[o]l[o].

V[o]cále, vocall, that hath a voice, that resounds or is loud. Also a vowell.

V[o]cáli nẻrui, those noble sinewes that haue the vertue of forming the voice.

V[o]calità, a voice, a calling, a tune, a sound of a voice.

V[o]cáre, to call or crie vnto or after.

V[o]cati[ó]ne, a vocation, a calling.

V[o]catíu[o], vocatiue, belonging to calling.

V[o]cát[o], called, named, hight, yeleepped.

V[ó]ce, a voice, a sound, or repercussion of the aire. Also a word. Also a bruit, a report, a tune, a saying.

V[ó]ce humána, humane or mans voice.

V[ó]ce r[ó]tta, a broken voice.

V[o]cieráre, as V[o]ciferáre.

V[o]ciferánte, voicing out aloud.

V[o]ciferáre, to voice it, to exclaime, to cry or call out aloud. Also to bray.

V[o]ciferati[ó]ne, a crying out aloud.

V[o]cína, any small or shrill voice.

V[o]citáre, as V[o]ciferáre.

V[o]c[o]lári, kernels, wartles, buttons, or glandules vnder a hogs iaw.

V[o]cónie, a kinde of figge or cherrie.

V[o]culati[ó]ne, the due moderation or measuring of the voice in pronouncing a word, the accent of euery word.

Vóga, a rowing, but properly the stroke of an oare in the water when one roweth. Also a will, a desire, or hearts wish, successefull lucke or fortune. Also a vogue or happie successe. Also a good hand or maine at dice or other gaming. Vsed also for preheminence or credit aboue others.

Vogáre, to row with oares.

Vogáta, a rowing or draught of an oare.

Vogat[ó]re, a rower, a skuller.

Vóglia, a will, a desire, a list, a wishing or extreme longing for.

Vóglia Dí[o], God grant, would to God.

Vóglia o nò, will he or nill he.

Vogliáre, to list, to will or long for.

Vogliarẻlla, a little list or longing.

Vogliáte o nò, will ye or nill ye.

Vóglie, birth-markes, such markes as some children are borne with, proceeding of some things which the mother longed for and could not haue.

Vogliẻnte, as V[o]lẻnte.

Vogliẻnza, as Vóglia.

Vógli[o], I will, my will and pleasure is, I am willing, of V[o]lére.

Vogli[o]l[ó]s[o], as Vogli[ó]s[o].

Vogli[o]saménte, desirously, willingly, longingly, listingly.

Vogli[ó]s[o], willing, desirous, wishing, listing or longing, full of will.

VOL

Vogliúzza, a foolish womans will, desire, longing, conceit, or humour.

V[ó]i, you, ye, your selues.

V[ó]i medésim[o], you your selfe.

V[ó]i stéss[o], you your selfe.

V[ó]la, the palme or hollownes of the hand being halfe open and halfe shut. Also the hollownesse of the foot vnder the sole. Also he flieth.

V[o]lamént[o], a flying with wings, a fluttring. Also a running away swiftly.

V[o]lánd[o]le, a rope-makers toole.

V[o]landrẻli[o], a kinde of owle or howlet.

V[o]lánte, flying, volant in armorie. Also quick-siluer, as Chimikes call it.

V[o]láre, to flie in the aire. Also to passe, to fleete, or run in haste or swiftly.

V[o]larína, the thistle-downe, but properlie the fine flowre or dust that flies away in the mill, and stickes to the walles. Also fine tiffanie or cobweb-lawne.

V[o]lática, any thing that flieth, fleeteth, or passeth away quickly, or is vnconstant and wauering. Also any tetter, itch, ringworme, or drie scabbe. Vsed also for the morphew. Vsed also for a gadding, witch, hagge, or sorceresse.

V[o]látic[o], flying, fleeting, vnconstant, that passeth suddenly. Looke Vẻrme.

V[o]latic[ó]s[o], mangie, sull of running tetters, scabs, or sores. Also a horse that hath the bots.

V[o]látile, any kinde of bird, foule, or poultrie. Also that flieth or can flie. Also any light thing that is easily caried, and flieth vp into the aire, as feathers, down, dust or ashes, any thing that is flitting or passeth away quicklie. Also quicke-siluer, according to Alchimists phrases.

V[o]latí[o], any kinde of fowle or poultrie.

V[o]latí[o] di stía, any kinde of crammed fowle.

V[o]latíu[o], as V[o]látile.

V[o]lát[o], a flight of birds. Also flowne.

V[o]lat[ó]re, a flier.

V[o]latúra, a flight, a flying. Also a traine for a hawke.

V[o]lazzáre, to flutter or houer vp and downe in the aire.

V[o]lcán[o], a melting or hammering workman or forger, that is continually about the fire. Also any hill that continually burneth and casteth out flame and smoke. Also Vulcan the God of fire.

V[o]léne, a kinde of fig or cherie.

V[o]lẻnte, willing, voluntarie, desirous.

V[o]lentiẻri, willingly, with a good will, faine.

V[o]lẻnza, a willingnesse, as Vóglia.

V[o]lére, vógli[o], or vò, vólli or vólsi, v[o]lút[o], to will, to minde, to meane, to intend. Also to desire or require. Also to beare a will vnto. Also a wil, a minde, a meaning or desire.

VOL

V[o]lére, as a substantiue, a mans will, meaning, intention or desire.

V[o]lér béne, to loue, to wish or beare good will vnto.

V[o]lér díre, to meane, to signifie, che vuól díre? What meaneth?

V[o]lér grán béne, to beare great good will vnto.

V[o]lér la báia, to affect mocking.

V[o]lérla c[o]n qualcún[o], to wil, to picke or seeke a quarrell with some body.

V[o]lér la gátta, to seeke or picke a quarrell.

V[o]lér mál di mórte, to hate deadly.

V[o]lér mále, to beare ill will vnto.

V[o]lér mẻgli[o], to haue rather to loue better.

V[o]lérsi, to need, to be needfull, requisite or necessary. Also to will, to wish or beare loue or hatred one to another.

V[o]lésse Dí[o], would to God.

V[o]lésse il ciẻl[o], oh that heauen would.

V[o]lgácci[o], the base common rout.

V[o]lgáre, vulgar, generall, publike, common and vsuall to all. Also vile, base, much vsed or belonging to the common people.

V[o]lgarità, vulgarity, generality, the common sort of people.

V[o]lgarizzáre, to make common, to publish, to spread, to noise or bruite abroad. Also to translate into some common language.

V[o]lgarizzat[ó]re, a translater into any common language.

V[o]lgarménte, vulgarly, commonly, after the vulgar and publike fashion.

V[o]lgáta sentẻnza, a vulgar or common sentence or iudgement.

V[o]lgát[o], published and made vulgar and common. Also as V[o]lgáre.

Vólge h[ó]ra l'ánn[o], it is now a twelue-month since.

Volgẻnd[o] gl'ánni, the yeeres turning.

Vólgere, vólg[o], vólsi, or volgéi, volgiút[o], or vólt[o], to turne, to wind, to turne ouer, or in and out, to wry, to wrest, to bend, to runne round as a riuer doth. Also to enuolue, to folde, to wrap or rowle vp. Also to conuert or transforme, to reuolt. Also to encline, to addict or bend vnto. Also to turne toward. Also to reuolue, to think or cast in the minde. Also to arch, to enarch or embow.

Vólger le spálle, to turne ones shoulders or backe.

Volgíbile, that may turne, winde or bend. Looke Vólgere.

VOL

Volgimént[o], a turning, a changing, a bending. Looke Vólgere.

V[o]lgiuág[o], meane, base, of little value, common. Also vnconstant, wauering and changing as the common people, variable.

Volgiút[o], turned, wounden, bended, &c. Looke Vólgere.

V[ó]lg[o], the vulgar people, the common multitude, the many headed monster.

Volitáre, to flie here and there.

Vólit[o], an vncertaine flight.

Vólli díre, I would haue said.

V[ó]l[o], a flight, a flying, a pitch in flying.

V[o]l[ó]ni, such men as voluntarily offer themselues to goe to the warres.

V[o]l[o]ntà, will, good will, minde, affection, meaning, consent, desire.

V[o]l[o]ntariaménte, voluntarily, willinglie, of ones free will and consent.

V[o]l[o]ntári[o], voluntary, willing, of ones accord, without occasion giuen or procuring, Hẻrba v[o]l[o]ntária, any hearb growing naturally without sowing.

V[o]l[o]ntar[ó]s[o], as V[o]l[o]ntári[o].

V[o]l[o]ntataménte, as V[o]l[o]ntariaménte.

V[o]l[o]nter[o]saménte, as V[o]l[o]ntariaménte.

V[o]l[o]nter[ó]s[o], as V[o]l[o]ntári[o].

V[o]lpáia, a Fox-hole, den, or caue.

V[o]lpánser[o], a Birgander, that is a bird of the kind of a Goose.

V[o]lpáre, to yelpe, to bray or barke as a Fox. Also to squeake or screeke.

V[ó]lpe, a Fox, a Cub, a Renard. Also a crafty-sneaking, subtle companion.

V[o]lpeggiáre, to play the Fox, to deceiue with crafty wiles or subtilties.

V[ó]lpe marín[o], a fish called a Sea-fox.

V[o]lpétta, a Cub or yongue Fox, a wily lad.

V[o]lpic[ó]da, the hearbe Fox-taile.

V[o]lpináta, a blow giuen with a Volpino or Ox-pizle.

V[o]lpín[o], a Cub or yongue Fox. Also a Sea-fox. Also crafty, wily, subtle, slie. Vsed also for an Ox-pizle or such scourge to beat Gally-slaues with.

V[o]lp[ó]ne, an old Fox or Renard. Also an old crafty, subtle sneaking companion.

Vólse o n[o]n uólse, would he or not.

V[o]lsẻlla, an instrument or paire of pincers to plucke out haires by the rootes.

Vólta, a turne, a course about, a turning round or comming about againe. Also a circuite or compasse of ground. Also a reuolt. Also the turne that cunning riders teach their horses. Also a chance or hazard at dice. Also a vault, an arch, an arched roofe, a bent or bow. Also a kind of turning french dance called a Vólta. Also once, one time, one course or one turne. Also a certain monster deuouring all graines and spoyling all fruits that it can com vnto. Also a round walke, a going round or any encompassing of ground. Also a turning about of a mans body. Also a flight or turning vnto route and running away of souldiers. Also a charge, a turne or place to ones lot to doe or speake.

VOL

Voltabandiéra, a turne-coate, one that runnes from his Captaine to another.

Voltábile, as Volgíbile.

V[o]ltácci[o], a filthy, grim or ill face.

Vólta c[o]lcáta, is when a horse doth lean in his turnes.

Vólta d'ócchi[o], a twinkling of an eye.

Vólta délla lúna, as Nouilúni[o].

Voltafáccia, a kind of march sounded in time of war as a warning to retreate.

Vóltamigli[ó]re, better lucke or better chance at Dice.

Vólta pẻr vólta, time by time, turne by turne, sometimes, now and then.

Vólta rad[o]ppiáta, a doubble turne in dancing or riding of horses.

Voltáre, to turne any way, to reuolt, as Vólgere. Also to build arch-wise or vault-wise, to enarch or embow, it is properly to turne ones face.

Voltáre bandiẻra, to turne ones ensigne or colour, id est, to change minde.

Voltáre le spálle, to turne ones shoulders, id est, to shew a faire paire of heeles.

Voltarẻlla, one onely time or turne. Also any kind of little turne.

Voltáre s[o]zz[ó]pra, to turne or ouerturne topsie-turuy or vpside downe.

Voltáre tẻsta, to turne head.

Voltaspiédi, a iacke or turne-spit, a turne-broach.

Voltát[o], turned, changed, reuolted. Also enarched, embowed, built vault-wise.

Voltatúra, a vaulting, an enarching, an embowing. Also a turning.

Vólte assái, many times.

Volteggiamént[o], as Volteggiáta.

Volteggiáre, to roaue or wander about. Also to tumble or vault on horsebacke.

Volteggiáta, a roauing or wandering about. Also a vaulting on horsebacke.

Volteggiat[ó]re, a roauer or wanderer about. Also a tumbler or vaulter.

Voltesíni da p[ó]ppa.

V[ó]lt[o], a face, a visage, a looke, a countenance, a fauour or cheere of a man.

Vólt[o], as Volgiút[o]. Looke Vólgere. Also vaulted, enarched or embowed. Also a vault in a Cellar or arch of a bridge.

VOL

V[ó]lt[o] di p[ó]nte síst[o], taken for a brasen, bold, shamelesse, or vnblushing face.

Volt[o]lamént[o], a rowling, an ouerturning, a rumbling, a topsie-turuie.

Volt[o]láre, to ouerturne, to rowle, to tumble, to tosse, to rumble or wallow vp and downe.

Volt[o]l[ó]ne, in rowling, rumbling, or ouerturning maner, topsie-turuie.

V[o]lt[ó]re, a rauenous bird called a vultur, a geyre, or grap, a greedie cormorant.

V[o]lt[o]rín[o], of, like vnto, or belonging to a vultur. Also a kinde of gray colour.

V[o]ltu[ó]s[o], of a graue, sad, heauie, soure or big looke and countenance.

V[o]ltúri[o], a greedy cormorant, a rauenous fellow, an extortioner.

Vólua, a certaine pelide or cote that inuolueth things growing, as of any fruit.

Volúbile, voluble, fickle, inconstant, variable, wauering, changing, nimble, fleeting, rowling, euer turning. Also that may easily be turned. Also hauing a round and nimble pronunciation gathering it selfe together. Also as V[o]lúcchi[o].

Volubilẻzza, as Volubilità.

Volubilità, volubilitie, mutability, ficklenesse, inconstancie, nimblenesse, aptnesse to rowle, facility to turne round. Also a round or quicke speaking without any impediment or staggering.

Volubilménte, volubly, waueringly, vnconstantly, nimbly, flittingly, rowlingly.

V[o]lúcchi[o], a weede running vp by trees and hearbes, hauing red branches, and the leaues biting the tongue, called weede-binde or roape-weede.

V[o]luẻlla, a kinde of mathematicall instrument.

V[o]lúcra, a vermine that eateth tender vines, called a vine-fretter or the Diuels Gold-ring.

V[o]lúcre, that is fledge and apt to flie. Also that is of the nature of any birds.

V[o]lúcr[o], all maner of things that flie, as birds, foules, waspes, bees or flies. Also the after-birth of a woman.

Voluẻnte, reuoluing or turning round. Also reuoluing or considering in minde.

V[o]lúme, the volume, scantlin, size, measure, or body of any thing. Also a volume, a tome, or part of a booke. Also folding, turning, or voluble and rowling about. It hath beene anciently vsed for confusion, disorder, or hurly-burly.

V[o]lumétt[o], any little volume.

V[o]lu[ó]ce, as V[o]lúcra.

Vólu[o]l[o], a roller of timber, as they vse in gardens or allies to breake clods of earth, and make the ground smooth.

VOM

V[o]lúra, that in the head or chapiter of a piller, which sticketh out or hangeth ouer in manner of a writhen circle or curled tuft, being a kinde of fucillage or leauie worke or such deuice turning diuers waies. Caruers and Painters call it cillerie or draperie. Some take it to be the square table of stone set vpon the chapiter of pillers.

Volutáre, to wallow, to tumble or turne, lying as a hogge in the mire. Also to reuolue, to cast or turne ouer in the minde.

Volutati[ó]ne, a wallowing, a tumbling or turning, lying as a hogge in the mire.

V[o]lút[o], willed, desired, affected, borne will vnto, beene willing. Looke V[o]lére.

Volutríce f[o]rtúna, fleeting or changing fortune.

V[o]luttà, voluptuousnesse, sensualitie, delight, sensuall or worldly pleasure.

V[o]luttári[o], as V[o]lutt[ó]s[o]. Also pleasure-bringing, or of and belonging to pleasure.

V[o]luttuári[o], as V[o]luttári[o]. Also as V[o]lutt[ó]s[o].

V[o]luttu[ó]s[o], voluptuous, sensuall, insatiate in sensualitie, giuen to pleasure.

Vóma, the concauitie, or cope, or heauen.

Vomáre, to make concaue or hollow.

Vóme, he vomiteth or spueth.

Vómegli, for Me gli uò, I will my selfe to him.

Vómer di pénna, vsed of Petrarke in stead of writing.

Vómere, the sough, the culter or plough-share, that is, the iron of the plough that pierceth the ground. Vsed also for a mans priuities. Also as V[o]míre.

Vómer[o], as Vómere.

V[o]míca, a red stone that yeeldeth quick-siluer. Also quick-siluer. Also a certaine Indian nut. Also as V[o]míci.

V[o]míci, sores or apostumes that runne stinking matter.

Vomic[ó]s[o], full of V[o]míci.

V[o]míre, mísc[o], mít[o], to vomit, to spue, to cast vp, to perbreake.

V[o]mitáre, as V[o]míre.

V[o]mitati[ó]ne, a vomitation, a vomiting, a spuing, a casting vp.

Vómit[o], a vomit, a casting vp, a spuing. Also that which is vomited.

V[o]mitóri[o], a kinde of bulbous root vsed in vomit. Also causing vomit or spuing.

Vómmene, for Me ne vád[o], I goe hence.

Vómmi, I goe my selfe.

Vóm[o], vsed for Huóm[o], a man.

VOT

Vò m[o]ríre, an oath, as we say, Let mee not liue, I will die.

Vónne, for Me ne vád[o], or Ne vógli[o], I goe hence. Also I will some of it.

Vónn[o], as Vógli[o]n[o], they will.

V[o]písc[o], of two twins or yong infants in a womans body, that which commeth to perfect birth is so called.

Vóp[o], need or necessitie.

V[o]ráce, deuouring, rauenous, greedie, consuming. Also a greedy deuourer, a rauenous glutton, a deuouring glutton, a waste-good.

V[o]racità, a gulfe. Also greeay deuouring, rauenous feeding, excessiue gluttonie.

V[o]rágine, a maruellous deepe place that sucketh or swalloweth vp euen riuers, and whereout nothing can come againe, a swallow, a gulfe, a whirle-poole, a quaue-mire. Also gluttonie, greedie deuouring, or excessiue insacietie.

V[o]ragin[ó]s[o], full of gulfes, or swallowing pits and whirle-pooles. Also gluttonous or greedily deuouring.

V[o]ráre, to swallow greedily or deuoure downe meat rauenously before it bee chewed, to gulfe in.

V[o]rásc[o], hauẻnd[o] a pagáre il v[o]rásc[o].

V[o]rat[ó]re, a greedy deuourer, a rauenous swallower, or insatiate feeder.

Vorrà, hee shall be willing, he shall will. Vsed also for Bórra.

Vortíce, as G[ó]rg[o], or Búffera.

Vortic[ó]s[o] fiúme, rápid[o], pién[o] di G[ó]rghi.

V[o]rtumín[o], the God of changing things, that is to say, of merchandise.

V[o]rtúnu[o], as V[o]rtumín[o].

Vósa, the singular of Vosátti.

Vosattáre, to boote, to buskin.

Vosátti, buskins or high clownish shooes.

Vosattiére, a boot or buskin-maker.

Vósc[o], with you, in your companie.

V[ó]se, as V[o]sátti. Also as V[ó]ce.

Vostrále, common or peculiar to you.

Vostra mercè, God a mercy you.

Vostra Sign[o]ría, your Lordship, worship, your mastership.

Vostrissim[o], most-most-yours.

Vóstr[o], yours, your, your owne. Vsed also substantiuely, as il v[ó]str[o], yours, your goods, whatsoeuer is yours.

Vóta bótta, an empty or void blow.

Votacẻssi, as Vótadẻstri.

Vóta dẻstri, an emptier of iakes or priuies, a iakes-farmer.

Votamént[o], an empting, the act of empting. Also a vowing or promising.

Votáre, with a round and open o signifieth to emptie, to make void or hollow.

V[o]táre, with a close and ouall o signifieth to vow, to make a vow, to promise with purpose to performe, to protest. Also to bequeath vnto.

VPV

V[o]tári[o], a votary, a vow maker. Also of or belonging to any vow made.

Vóta spáda, a blunted sword.

V[o]tat[ó]re, a vower, a votary.

Votézza, emptinesse, vacuity.

V[o]tíu[o], a votiue, a thing that is vowed or promised by vow. Also that is or hath been greatly wished and earnestly desired.

V[ó]t[o], being pronounced with a close and ouall o signifieth, a vow, a promise, a prayer or protestation made to God. Also a thing obtained of God by praier. Also a wish, a desire, a request or a thing much desired. Also an affection or apetite of couetousnesse. Also a voice, a consent or suffrage giuen to one in any election.

Vót[o], with an open and round o signifieth void, empty, hollow or concaue. Also as Vácu[o], the voidnesse, hollownes or emptinesse and concauity of any thing.

Vót[o] di intellẻtt[o], void of vnderstanding.

Vót[o] di sénn[o], void of wit.

Vóttene mẻgli[o], I loue thee or wish vnto thee the better for it.

Vouále, ouall, more long then round, fashioned like an egge.

Vóu[o], any kind of egge or round knob vpon any worke.

Vóu[o]li, as Vuóu[o]li.

V[o]zzácchi[o], a kind of long winged hawk.

V´pega, as V´pupa.

Vpetála, a kind of speckled stone.

Vpiláre, to stop, to be bound or costiue, to haue an opilation of the liuer.

Vpilati[ó]ne, an opilation or stopping of the liuer, a costiuenesse in the belly.

Vpilatíu[o], costiue, binding, restringent.

Vpilát[o], stopt, bound or costiue in the belly or liuer.

V´pupa, a bird no bigger then a Thrush, with a crest from his bill to the vttermost part of his head, which he strouteth out or holdeth downe according to his affections, called a Houpe or a Dunghill-cocke, because it nestleth in mans dung. Some haue abusiuely taken V´pupa for a Chough, a Chuet or a Daw. It is also a kind of beetle, mattocke, pickaxe or such other iron toole to dig stones with out of a quarrey.

Vpupáre, to cry as an V´pupa.

Vrác[o], the way by which vrine is conuaighed from the infant being yet in the mothers wombe.

Vránic[o], vsed for heauenly.

Vrán[o], vsed for heauen.

Vran[o]scóp[o], a fish hauing but one eie in his head, which is so placed, that swimming he seemeth to looke still vpward.

Vrbaníc[o], belonging to a City.

VRI

Vrbanità, vrbanity, courtesie, ciuility, ciuill life, gentle behauiour, good maners, gentlenesse in speech or a pleasant grace in iesting.

Vrbán[o], of a City, borne or dwelling in a City. Also courteous, ciuill, gentle in speech, pleasant in behauiour. Also a kind of Partridge.

Vrbína, a certaine long weapon.

V´rca, a Hulke, a kind of ship.

Vrce[o]láre, as Vitriária.

Vrẻa, a kind of Tunny-fish.

Vrẻa cíbia, square taile pieces of the fish Tunny.

Vrédine, the blasting of trees or hearbes with cold or frost. Also a kind of itch or burning in the skin.

Vrẻte, the pipe or conduit by which the vrine in a man passeth from the reines to the bladder called the vretors.

Vrẻtr[o], as Vrẻte.

Vrgẻnte, vrgent, vrging, forceing, pressing, strayning, calling earnestly vpon.

Vrgẻnza, vrging necessity, force, constraint, importunity.

V´rgere, úrg[o], vrgéi, vrgiút[o], to vrge, to presse on, to importune, to inforce, to call earnestly vpon, to labour and as it were to constraine.

Vrgiút[o], vrged, pressed on, importuned, called earnestly vpon, constrained.

V´rg[o], ferít[o] da una schéggia di láncia in un[o] úrg[o].

V´ri, a kind of wild bull in Hercynia, bigger then ours in body and very swift, some take it for the Bugle or Buffe.

Vríca, a Caterpiller of such fretting veruine. Also a hurt comming to all maner of graine by too much moisture.

Vrígine, a burning in sores by occasion of hot medicines or corrosiues. Also a blasting of corne or grasse or any thing else through parching heat.

Vrim, taken for light, Exod. 28. 30.

Vrína, vrine, pisse, stale or water of man or beast. Also the female of V´ri.

Vrína genitále, the seed of generation.

Vrinái[o], an vrinall, a pisse-pot, a chamber-pot. Also a medicine to prouoke vrine. Also as Vrẻte.

Vrinále, as Vrinái[o].

Vrináre, to vrine, to pisse, to stale, to make water. Also to diue vnder water.

Vrinárij, as Vrẻte, or Vritórij.

Vrinati[ó]ne, a pissing.

Vrinatríce, a Didopper, a Diuer, a ducker.

Vrín[o], a wind egge that hath no yolke, and will not be hatched.

Vrin[ó]s[o], full of vrine.

Vri[ó]ne, a defect in mineral oare or earth when it is loose and brittle.

VSA

Vritáre, to burne sore or vehemently with any burning corrosiue.

Vrítidi, as Vrẻte, or Vritórij.

Vritórij, the passages or conduites wherby the water or vrine passeth from the kidneis into the bladder called the vretors.

Vrlamént[o], a howling, a yelling, a yelping, a barking, a baying, a braying.

Vrláre, to howle, to yell, to yelp, to barke, to bay, to bray. Also as [O]rláre.

Vrlat[ó]re, a howler, a yeller, a yelper, a bayer, a barker, a brayer.

V´rl[o], as Vrlamént[o]. Also as [Ó]rl[o].

V´rna, any kind of earthen pot or pitcher. Also a vessell or cophin wherein the ashes of the dead were kept. Also a graue, a tombe or sepulcher. Also according to Roman histories a measure of liquid things of about foure gallons and a halfe of oures, or a pot wherein the Pretor did put the names of the Iudges when they should be chosen.

Vrnái[o], a Potter or maker of earthen vessels. Also a boord or shelfe in a kitching whereon all maner of pots or vessels are kept.

Vrnále, like vnto or of and belonging to any earthen vessell.

V´r[o], as V´ri.

Vr[o]píg[o], the narrowest and lowest part of the chine-bone, the rumpe.

V´rsa, a shee-beare. Looke [Ó]rsa.

Vrsẻra, a kind of ship for burdens vsed anciently among the Venetians.

Vrsétta, as [O]rsétta, as F[o]rácqua.

Vrsín[o], of or belonging to a Beare.

Vrtáre, to hurt, to shoulder, to shooue, to thrust, to iustle, to but, to shocke, to front, to iob.

Vrtáta, as Vrt[ó]ne.

Vrtatúra, as Vrt[ó]ne.

Vrteggiáre, as Vrtáre.

Vrtíca, any kind of Nettle. Also the tickling of letchery. Also the Nettle-fish.

Vrticáre, to nettle, to pricke, to sting. Also to itch or tickle.

V´rt[o], as Vrt[ó]ne.

Vrt[ó]ne, a hurt, a push, a iob, a shouldring, a iustling, a thrust, a shocke.

Vsánte, vsing, frequenting, wonting.

Vsánza, vse, guise, custome, fashion, maner, wont, vre, enurement.

Vsáre, to vse, to inure, to fashion, to accustome, to be wont. Also to make vse of, to put to vse, to occupy, to employ, to haue to doe with. Also to frequent, or conuerse with. Also to behaue or demeane or fashion himselfe.

Vsáre c[o]n altrúi, to vse with others.

Vsáre di díre, to be wont to say.

Vsáre diligẻnza, to vse all diligence.

Vsaría, as Vsúra.

VSI

Vsár[o], as Vsurár[o].

Vsáta, as V´s[o], vse or custome.

Vsát[o], vsed, enured, accustomed. Also made vse of, or put to vse. Looke Vsáre. Also as V´s[o].

Vsát[o] ẻssere, to be wont.

Vsátti, buskins. Also high clownish shoes.

Vsbẻrgáre, to arme with a breast-plate.

Vsbẻrg[o], a vant-plate, a breast-plate.

Vscẻnte, issuing, going out, an out-tooth.

V´scia, the plurall of V´sci[o].

Vsciáli, any garnishings of doores.

Vscíbile, that may issue foorth.

Vsciẻre, an Vsher, a doore-keeper.

Vsciẻr[o], a kinde of ship so called.

Vsciettín[o], any little doore or wicket.

Vsciétt[o], as Vsciettín[o].

Vscignól[o], a Nightingale.

Vscimént[o], any issuing or going out.

V´sci[o], any doore or entrance.

V´sci[o] di diẻtr[o], a backe doore.

Vsciól[o], any kinde of little doore.

Vscíre, ẻsc[o], vscíj, vscít[o], to issue, to goe out, to goe foorth. Also as Riuscíre.

Vscíre de' gángheri, to goe off, or out of the hinges, that is, to grow impatient, or out of order, to become madde, frantike or furious.

Vscíre dell'ánim[o], to goe out of ones minde, to forget.

Vscíre del trótt[o], to goe out of ones pace or trot. Also to goe out of ones byace. Also to become calme, gentle, or milde againe.

Vscíre d'ócchi[o], to vanish out of sight.

Vscíre di cása, to goe from home.

Vscíre di dẻbit[o], to come out of debt.

Vscíre di óblig[o], to come out of bonds.

Vscíre di pr[o]pósit[o], to goe from or out of the purpose.

Vscíre di sè, to goe out of his wits.

Vscíre fuóri, to issue or goe foorth.

Vscíta, an issuing, a going forth, a dore, a gate, an egresse. Also a gap or opening. Also whatsoeuer goeth out.

Vscíti, vsed for Fuór'vscíti, men banished or outlawed.

Vscít[o], issued, gone out, gone forth. Also as Riuscít[o].

Vscít[o], hath beene taken for the skummering or ordure of any beast.

Vsciuól[o], any little doore or wicket.

Vsẻlláre, vsed for Vccẻlláre.

Vsẻll[o], vsed for Vccẻllo. Also a gudgeon or loche-fish.

V´si, vsed for Vsátti.

V´sia, the substance or reall being of any thing.

Vsignól[o], a Nightingale.

Vsitánza, vsage, vse, vre, wont, custome.

Vsitati[ó]ne, as Vsitánza.

VSV

Vsitát[o], vsuall, much vsed or accustomed, wonted, customary, ordinary.

Vsiuígli[o], any kinde of toole or vtensill, or necessarie thing of vse in a mans house. Also a store-house for all necessaries belonging to a house.

V´s[o], vse, vsage, custome, wont, guise, maner, fashion, vre, habit. Also the vse, the vsing, the exercise, the tenure or occupation of any thing. Also the profit, helpe, fruit, seruice, or possession of any commoditie.

V´s[o] ẻssere, to be wont or vsed.

Vs[o]frútt[o], as Vsufrútt[o].

Vs[o]liẻri, laces, points, or ribands with tags, such as women vse to lace their peticotes or bodies with. Also shirt-string or hose-strings.

Vs[o]uígli[o], as Vsiuígli[o].

V´ssa, il su[o] mantẻll[o] ẻra almánc[o] di trè ússe.

Vssignól[o], a Nightingale.

Vssuncassán[o], in the Persian tongue signisieth a great and maruellous man.

Vstinati[ó]ne, obstinacie, wilfulnesse.

Vstinát[o], obstinate, stiffe-necked.

Vsti[ó]ne, a burning, a combustion. Also a searing or marking with a hot iron.

V´st[o], burned, parched, seared.

Vstrígine, as Vrígine.

Vstrína, a place where dead bodies are buried. Also a melting house for metals.

Vstuláre, to burne, to parch, to scorch, to seare any thing. Also to frizle, or crispe and curle with a hot iron.

Vstulati[ó]ne, as Vrígine.

Vstúra, as Vrígine.

Vsuále, vsuall, common, wonted, much vsed, accustomed. Also as Vsuári[o].

Vsualità, the vse or vsing, or putting to vse of any thing.

Vsuári[o], that may be vsed, or serueth for our vse. Also that wee haue the vse of, but not the proprietie. Also a man that hath the vse of a thing, but neither the fruit nor the proprietie.

Vsucápere, to attaine vnto or become master, owner, or Lord of any thing by long vse, custome, or prescription, or by possession of long time.

Vsucatti[ó]ne, the attaining of a thing by vse, prescription, or long possession.

Vsucátt[o], become possessor of any thing by long vse, custome, or prescription.

Vsufrútt[o], the vse, fruit, or profit (but not the proprietie) of another mans goods, with the consent of the owner, the stocke and substance being saued.

Vsufruttuáre, to haue the vse and profit of any thing, but not the proprietie.

Vsufruttuári[o], he that hath the vse and profit of any thing, but not the proprietie thereof.

VVA

Vsúra, vsurie, vse, or interest of any thing, mony giuen aboue the principall summe for the lone of it.

Vsurái[o], any thing let out to vsurie. Also he that is the vsurer, or receiueth vsurie. Also he that paieth vsurie.

Vsurátic[o], of or pertaining to vsurie. Also the mony that is paid for vsurie.

Vsuriẻre, an vsurer, one that letteth or lendeth out mony to vsurie.

Vsurpamént[o], vsurpation, an vsurping or interruption of possession, oft vsing or practising to disturbe prescription or another mans right.

Vsurpáre, to vsurp, to take against right and reason, to disturbe another mans right and possession. Also to vse often or much, be it in words or deeds.

Vsurpati[ó]ne, as Vsurpamént[o].

Vsurpat[ó]re, an vsurper of anothers right.

Vt, a note in musicke, Vt.

Vtẻll[o], as Vtrẻll[o].

Vtẻnsíle, as Vsiuígli[o].

Vtẻnticáre, as Autẻnticáre.

Vtẻntic[o], as Autẻntic[o].

Vterín[o], borne of one same mother or wombe. Fratẻll[o] vterín[o], a halfe-brother, or a brother by the mother, and not by the father.

V´ter[o], the matrix or wombe of a woman wherein the childe is conceiued and lieth. Vsed also for the childe in the mothers wombe.

V´tile, profit, vtilitie, gaine, cheuissance, commoditie, good or benefit.

V´tile, profitable, gainefull, commodious, beneficiall. Also good, conuenient or necessarie.

Vtilità, vtilitie, profit. Looke V´tile.

Vtilménte, profitably, gainfully.

V´t[o]le, vsed anciently for V´tile.

Vtrái[o], a maker of bottles, flagons, bouges, or borachos of leather for wine or oile. Looke V´tr[o].

Vtrẻll[o], any kinde of little V´tr[o].

V´tria, as V´tr[o].

Vtriáca, treacle against poison.

Vtríc[o]l[o], as V´ter[o].

Vtrícul[o], as V´ter[o].

V´tr[o], a bouge, a budget, or boracho, or bag made of goats skins which they vse in Spaine and Italie to carrie wine or oile in from place to place without danger of breaking. Vsed also for any bottle or flagon.

V´ua, any kinde of grape or reasin to make wine with. Also a cluster of grapes. Also a disease in the eies called a pin and a web. Also as V´u[o]la. Also a kinde of fish called a Sea-grape.

V´ua acẻrba, any sowre grapes.

V´ua bumásta, a kind of swelling grape, called the Dug-grape.

VVL

V´ua crispína, Gooseberries, Thorneberries.

V´ua dátila, the Date-grape.

V´ua d[ó]lce, sweet grapes.

V´ua inauráta, yellow grapes.

V´ua lett[o]rága, a kind of small grape.

V´ua lugliática, Grapes comming in Iulie.

V´ua luglióla, as V´ua lugliática.

V´ua marina, the Scorpion or Sea-grap-fish.

V´ua matúra, any ripe grapes.

V´ua m[o]scatẻlla, the Muskadine-grape.

V´ua pássa, dried Reysons or Grapes. Also dried Corinth-grapes or Corans.

V´ua prẻci[o], a kind of danty Grape.

V´ua schiáua, as V´ua pássa.

V´ua sécca, as V´ua pássa.

V´ua spína, as V´ua crespína.

V´ua spinẻlla, as V´ua crespína.

V´ua tamínia, Blacke-briony, our Ladies seale.

Vuati[ó]ne, a pin and a web in the eies.

V´ua uára, a rath grape or grapes beginning to be ripe.

V´ua vin[ó]sa, any Grape full of wine.

Vuẻa, like vnto a Grape, of a Grape. Looke T[ó]naca, or T[ó]nica, the fourth thin membrane of the eie: Called also Ch[o]ri[ó]ne, C[o]ri[ó]ne, Ch[o]rif[ó]rme, C[o]rif[ó]rme or Sec[o]ndína, and is the first that cloatheth and couereth the optike sinew.

Vuẻ[o], of or like vnto a grape.

Vúi, as v[ó]i, you, your selues.

V´uid[o], humid, moist, wettish.

Vuífer[o], grape-bearing or bringing.

Vulcanália, feastes dedicated to Vulcane.

Vulcánij, Vulcans, Smithes, Forgers, alwaies about fire.

Vulcán[o], as V[o]lcán[o].

Vulgágine, as Tussilágine.

Vulgáre, as V[o]lgáre, vulgar.

Vulgarità, as V[o]lgarità.

Vulgarizzáre, as V[o]lgarizzáre.

Vulgát[o], as V[o]lgáre, or V[o]lgát[o].

Vulgiuág[o], as V[o]lgiuág[o].

Vúlg[o], as V[ó]lg[o].

Vulg[ó]s[o], full of V[ó]lg[o].

Vúlna, a wound, a sore, or a hurt.

Vulnerábile, vulnerable, to be wounded.

Vulneráre, to wound or hurt sore.

Vulnerári[o], of or belonging to wounds as some hearbes be. Also a Chirurgion or Wound-healer.

Vulnerári[o] mẻdic[o], a Wound-healing Phisition.

Vulner[ó]s[o], full of wounds.

Vulnificáre, to wound or hurt sore.

Vulnífic[o], that woundeth or hurteth.

Vulpáre, to crie or pule like a Kite.

Vulsi[ó]ne, as Conuulsi[ó]ne.

Vultúrn[o], the Northeast winde.

ZAB

Vúlua, the matrix, the wombe passage, the priuy passage or way and entrance into the same, the place of conception in any female.

Vuò, I will, of V[o]lére.

Vuóga, as Vóga.

Vuogáre, as Vogáre, to row.

Vuógli, as Vuói, thou wilt.

Vuói, thou wilt.

Vuói tù áltro? wilt thou haue any thing else.

V´uola, a little piece of spungeous flesh much like the spur of a Cocke, which hanging downe in the roofe of ones mouth, neere to the passages into the nostrils serueth for the vtterance of voice and pronounciation, which when it is distempered, the vpper part therof is thin and the lower part blakish like the vtmost end of a grape, & then it is called V´ua or Staphíle, but when it is swolne as round & big aboue as below in forme of a piller, then is it called Ci[ó]na, C[o]l[o]mẻlla or C[o]lumẻlla.

Vu[o]lária, the hearbe Horse tongue.

Vuól'éssere, ought, should or would be.

Vuólsi, it is requisite one would.

Vuóp[o], neede or necessity.

Vu[ó]s[o], full of grapes, grapy.

Vuotab[ó]rse, a nicke-name giuen to Lawyers or Phisicions, a purce-emptier.

Vuóta cẻssi, as Vóta dẻstri.

Vuóta dẻstri, as Vóta dẻstri.

Vuóta p[ó]zzi, an emptier of wels.

Vuotáre, to empty, to void or hollow.

Vuotat[ó]re, an emptier, a hollower.

Vuót[o], empty, voide, concaue, as Vót[o].

Vuóua, all manner of egges.

Vuouále, ouall, more long then round.

Vuóua maritáte, egges in Moone-shine.

Vuóu[o]li, a kinde of dainty Mushroms. Also the knobs or rootes of Canes or Reeds. Also knobs or bunches or wild Cucombers in building.

Vuóu[o]l[o], as Vuóu[o]li.

Vúrchi[o], a Hulke, a Hurke, or ship of burthen.

V´uula, as V´u[o]la.

Vuuulária, the hearbe Horse-tongue.

Z.

Zabai[ó]ne, a drinke made for sicke folkes called a Caudle.

Zabẻrna, a presse or cubbord to lay and keepe clothes in.

Zabratána, a trunke to shoot pellets with ones mouth. Also a fowling piece.

Zabúrr[o], a kind of corne in India which some take to be the Ginny-wheat.

ZAF

Zácca, a bag-net, a fowling-net, a casting-net, a drag-net or hay-net.

Záccara, a driggle-draggle strumpet, a common harlot, a common filthy whore.

Zaccaráre, to daggle, to dash, or spurt with durt or mire, to bemire.

Záccare, daglings, dashings or spurtings of durt or mire sticking about the skirts of any long garment. Also troubles, griefes or vexations. Also vsed for common & filthy brothels or baudy houses or the whores in them.

Zaccarẻlle, as Záccare. Also idle toies, foolish trash, vaine trifles, vanities.

Zaccaría, Fi[ó]re di Zaccaría, the flower called Blue-bottle.

Zacchẻ[o], a slouenly dwarfe, a sluttish dandiprat, a little logarhead.

Zácchera, as Záccara.

Zaccheráre, as Zaccaráre.

Zaccherẻlle, as Zaccarẻlle.

Zaccherétte di paróle, a huddle of foolish words, a flimflam tale without head or foot.

Zaccheríni, as Zaccarẻlle.

Záccher[o], as Záccar[o].

Zaccher[ó]s[o], miry, durty, dabled or dashed with durt or mire.

Zacc[o]náre, as Zazzeáre, as Anfanáre. Also as Zocc[o]láre.

Zadúra, Worme-seed.

Záffara, an iron drag or hooke that Dyers vse to draw their clothes out of their vats.

Zaffarán[o], Safron.

Zaffáre, to gripe, to catch or seaze vpon with ones clawes. Also to catch or arest with a Seriant or Catch-pole.

Zaffaría, the order, rout, company or crue of catch-poles, seriants or such base officers. Also we would say a Marshals court. Also a catchpoles tricke.

Zaffáta, a blow or a pat with a claw or paw. Also a griping, a catching or a snatching.

Zaffát[o], griped, snatcht, caught or seazed vpon by a catchpole or seriant.

Zaffeggiáre, to play the base Seriant or catchpole. Also to pat with ones pawes.

Záffera, a kind of colour vsed by Painters.

Zafferán[o], any kind of Saffron.

Zaffír[o], a precious stone called a Saphire. Also a kind of hawke with yellow legs and feet. Also a kind of fish of the kind of a Guilthead or Dorci.

Záff[o], a common Seriant or base catch-pole. Also the eares of a tub or cowle. Also the venting or working and boyling of must or new wine.

ZAI

Zaffóra, a kinde of soft and crumbling minerall oare or stone.

Zaffranáre, to ensaffran, to die or staine with Saffron.

Zaffrán[o], any kind of Saffron.

Zafíla, Zaphíla, as Tanád[o].

Zafír[o], as Zaffír[o].

Zagáglia, a Captaines leading staffe. Also a iauelin. Also a Turkish sword or Persian cimitary. Also a short bending sword called a hanger.

Zaganẻlla, a trunke to shoot pellets in. Also a running squibe of wild-fire. Also a kind of fine or small silke-lace vsed in Florence.

Zagarẻlla, any kind of list, hem or welt about the skirts of a garment. Also a curb of leather instead of an iron curb or any other thing that is soft and gentle that riders vse to yongue coltes. Also cracking or flying squibes that children vse to make of paper.

Zág[o], a priest Clarke that helpes him to say masse and Amen.

Zagóra, prẻndi délla céra Zagóra.

Záina, any kind of drinking-glasse. Also a kind of tree in America whereof they make their Canoas or boates of one piece, and call that so by the name of the tree.

Zainár[o], a budget-maker.

Zainétta, any kind of Záina.

Záin[o], a little leather budget or Palmers scrip. Also a certaine musicall instrument that sheapheards vse as an horne pipe or bagpipe. Also a horse that is altogether of one blacke or of any one colour without any marke, spot or star about him.

Zald[ó]ne, a kinde of flower. Also any kind of Wafer-cake.

Zall[ó]ne, as Méns[o]la, Millers call them shiuers.

Zal[o]lín[o], a kind of colour, which some take to be the gingerline colour.

Zamára, an Irish rugge, a freese-gowne, a seamans gowne, a sheapheards frock, an Irish mantle. Also a kind of musical instrument with strings.

Zamárra, as Zamára.

Zamarrótt[o], as Zamára.

Zambagli[ó]ne, as Zabai[ó]ne.

Zambẻlla, a pretty trull, a fine harlot, a flurting whore, a minx, a gixie.

Zambẻlláre, as Zimbẻlláre.

Zambẻllár[o], a Wafer or cake-maker.

Zambẻlle, wafers or fine cakes.

Zambẻll[o], as Zimbẻllo.

Zambẻllótt[o], the stuffe Chamlot.

Zambẻrlúcc[o], a kind of long Seamans or fishermans garment.

Zambétti, as Zampétti.

Zámbra, a Chamber-close-stoole.

Zambrácca, a common hedge whore.

Zambraccáre, to follow common whores. Also to play the filthy whore.

ZAM

Zambudẻlli, a kind of dried puddings. Vsed also for chitterlins.

Zámie, the Pine Apples that open hanging vpon the trees.

Zámpa, the paw, the claw, the clinch or pat or gripe of any beast.

Zampáre, to paw, to clinch or gripe and seaze on with pat or claw.

Zampettáre, to trip it or foote it daintily, to tread the measures faire and softly. Vsed also to tiple and quaffe merrily, till one reele and stagger in going.

Zampétte, all manner of little pats, pawes, clawes, clinches or gripes.

Zampétti, all manner of beastes feete that are drest to be eaten as Neates feete, Calues feete, Pigs feete, Sheepes trotters. Also little springs of Porke.

Zampilláre, to purle, to bubble, to spout, to spin or gush foorth as water doth out of a Spring or out of some little conduit holes. Also to bud, to sprout, to burgeon or spring as Vines doe.

Zampillétt[o], as Zampíll[o].

Zampílli, little holes in pipes of water out of which it runs as from vnder ground.

Zampíll[o], a purling, a bubbling, a spouting, a spinning or gushing foorth of water. Also any yongue bud, sprout, burgeon, shoote or spring of Vines.

Zampill[ó]s[o], full of gushing or spouting holes. Also full of yongue buds, sprouts or burgeons.

Zampíni, palétte, m[o]gliétte, zampíni, scaldalẻtti ẻt schermágli.

Zamp[ó]gna, an Oaten-pipe, Reede-pipe, a Sheapheards-pipe. Also a bell that is hung about a Goate or Bellweathers necke that leadeth the rest.

Zamp[o]gnáre, to sound or play vpon any Sheapheards pipe or Reede. Also to babble, to tattle, to chat or prate idly and euer in one tune, the metaphor is taken from a Bell-weathers bel, which as he goeth sounds euer one tune.

Zamp[o]gnár[o], a plaier vpon any Reede or Shepheards-pipe. Also a Bellweather. Also a vaine pratler, chatter or babler. Looke Zamp[o]gnáre.

Zamp[ó]gne, vaine pratling, idle bableings. Looke Zamp[o]gnáre.

Zamp[o]gn[ó]ne, a pratler, an idle chatter, a foolish babler. Looke Zamp[o]gnáre.

Zamp[o]náre, to rake or stir vp the fire. Also to rake or drag for with some hooke.

Zamp[ó]ne, a great iron fire-hooke. Also a great rake or dragging hooke.

Zampunáre, as Zamp[o]náre.

Zampúne, as Zamp[ó]ne.

Zána. Vsed in Florence for a Cradle, as Cúlla. Also a great Cesterne or Lauer to receiue water. Also a hand-barrow to carry things vpon betweene two. Also a Cuntry wenches silken girdle or scarffe. Also a frump, a iest, a flout, as we say, a gull or gudgeon giuen to one.

ZAN

Zanáda, a foolish tricke of a Záne.

Zanaiuól[o], as Záne, as Zannuól[o].

Zánca, the leaft side or hand, Dánte hath vsed Zánca for a legge.

Zancarút[o], crookt-leg'd, hauing crooked legges or shankes.

Zánche, stilts to goe withall in fenny places.

Zancheggiáre, to goe on stilts.

Záncia, as Ciáncia.

Zanciáre, as Cianciáre.

Zanciat[ó]re, as Cianciat[ó]re.

Zanciúme, as Cianciúme.

Zánc[o], a lefthanded man or blow.

Záne, the name of Iohn in some parts of Lombardy, but commonly vsed for a silly Iohn, a simple fellow, a seruile drudge or foolish clowne in any commedy or enterlude play.

Zanfr[ó]ne, a lusty lad, a swaggering gallant, a tosse-pot companion. Vsed also for crownes, great pieces of gold, as our Countrymen say Red-ruddockes.

Zanganẻlle, a kind of flying squibes.

Zangarinẻlli, as Zangarnẻlli.

Zangarnẻlli, a kind of fenny fish.

Záng[o]la, a Chamber-close-stoole.

Záni[o], as Záin[o].

Zannáre, to bite, to snip, to pinch, to teare or seaze on with tuskes. Also as Attalanáre.

Zánne, the tuskes or fore-teeth of a wild boare.

Zánni, as Atteláni. Vsed also for crosse biting or cunnycatching knaues.

Zannuól[o], a silly Iohn, a foolish Iacke. Also a wanton darling or dilling.

Zanzála ficária, a kind of gnat breeding in figge-trees.

Zanzále, all kind of Gnats.

Zanzána, any kind of Gnat.

Zanzára, any kind of Gnat.

Zanzáre, as Cianciáre, to prattle, to chat, as Zamp[o]gnáre.

Zanzaueráta, as Zanzeueráta. Vsed also as Fagi[o]láta.

Zánze. Vsed for Ciáncie, pratlings.

Zanzeáre, to bite or be bitten with gnats. Also to goe idly loitring and buzzing vp and downe or to iet and braue it vp and downe wantonly, as it were minion-like to make a show of himselfe.

Zanze[ó]ni, idle and foolish loitring fellowes that haue naught to doe but goe vp and downe gazing and to show themselues. Also vsed as an Aduerb, foolishly, carelesly, and wantonly.

ZAP

Zanzéra, any kind of Gnat.

Zanzeráre, to nigle boyes or wantonly to play with them against nature.

Zánzeri, Ganimeds, Cinedos, Nigles, Wanton boies. Also knauish wags.

Zanzeríni, as Zánzeri.

Zanzeueríni, as Zánzeri.

Zánz[o]la, a kind of tray or pan.

Zapín[o], the Fir-tree. Some say a tree yeelding a liquor that cureth the leprosie.

Zapóti, a kind of fruit in India.

Záppa, a Sap, a Mattocke or Pickax to dig, to sap or delue with.

Zappamént[o], a diging, a sapping, a deluing, a grubbing vp of the ground.

Zappáre, to digge, to sap, to delue or grub vp the ground.

Zappat[ó]re, a sapper, a digger, a deluer or grubber of the ground.

Zappegamént[o], as Calpésti[o].

Zappegáre, as Calpestáre.

Zapp[o]lín[o], a little Záppa.

Zapp[ó]ne, any great Záppa.

Záppul[o], a rake or Weeding-hooke.

Zára, il dád[o] c[o]n ché si giuóca. Also a hazzard at three dice, that is lesse then seauen and more then fifteene. Also a nicke at hazard. Also the game it selfe. Also a Iarre of Oyle. Also any kind of stony grauell or sand. Also as Ciáncia. Also the play which in England we call barly-breake.

Zára a chì t[ó]cca, hab or nab, haue amongst you, light on whom it list.

Zarabánda, a kind of tune or dance much vsed in Spaine.

Zarabattána, as Zabratána.

Zarab[o]ttána, as Zabratána.

Zarabús[o], a foule called a Bittour.

Zaramẻlla, as Ciaramẻlla.

Zaramẻlláre, as Ciaramẻlláre.

Zaránt[o], a Greene-finch.

Zaráre, to play at hazards or throw hazards, to nike at hazard. Also as Cianzáre.

Zaratanáre, as Ciarlatanáre.

Zaratán[o], as Ciarlatán[o].

Zarauánda. Looke Incant[o]náre.

Zárba, a skipping, skittish, leaping-wench.

Zarbattána, as Zabratána.

Zarchiẻlláre, to weed, to rake or to harrow.

Zarchiẻll[o], a weeding hooke.

Zárda, a disease or kind of swelling that comes in horses legs and feete.

Zardín[o], as Giardín[o].

Zard[ó]s[o], a horse that hath the disease called Zárda.

Zarlétte, cases in which Gunners shoot haile-shot.

Zar[ó]s[o], grauely, rugged, gretty, sandy, stony. Also crabbed, thorny, hard, rough, dangerous.

ZAV

Zárra, a Iarre of Oyle. Also stony grauell or course sand. Also a certaine implement that Apothecaries vse.

Zarr[ó]s[o], as Zar[ó]s[o].

Zaruóli, a disease in a Hawkes mouth. Also casting stones for a Hawke.

Zarzaparíglia, as Salsaparíglia.

Zarzecán[o], a kind of course cloath that Moores make and weare.

Zathẻne, a kinde of stone like Amber, now blacke, now yellow.

Zátta, as Zámpa. Also as Záttera.

Záttara, as Záttera.

Zattáre, as Brancáre, as Zampáre.

Záttari, as Zátteri.

Zátte, a kind of Gourd that is neither a Pumpion nor a Pepone nor a Muske-Melon, and yet very good to eat raw as Melons bee.

Záttera, a company of plankes, boords or peeces of timber tied together with withes and so conueighed downe the streame of Riuers, being steared and directed by men with long pooles, vsed in Germany instead of boates to carry marchandise and other things from place, to place. Also a flout boate or long boate to attend a great ship. Also a two hand or flat barrow made of boords or hurdles, to carry betweene two men.

Zátteri, those men that direct such floates or flat boates called Záttera.

Zauariáre, to raue or wauer in minde, to be humorous or giddy-headed.

Zauari[ó]ne, a wauering, a rauing, humorous, fond or giddy-headed fellow.

Zauátta, as Ciabátta, an old shooe.

Zauattáre, as Ciabattáre, to cobble.

Zauattár[o], as Ciabattár[o], a cobler.

Zauatteríe, as Ciabattaríe.

Zauattín[o], as Ciabattín[o], a cobler.

Zauórra, course stony grauell to ballast ships, ballast for ships.

Zauorráre, to ballast ships.

Zázzara, as Zázzera.

Zazzeáre, to stroake vp ones haire on the forehead. Also to play the fond-conceited gull, or like a minion to goe idlely vp & downe stroking vp haire, handling of his forelocke, and courting of himselfe.

Zazzeat[ó]re, an idle gazer vpon himselfe, one that courteth himselfe and takes pleasure to stroake vp his haire and shew his dangling lockes.

Zazzeín[o], as Zazzeat[ó]re.

Zazze[ó]ne, as Zazzeat[ó]re.

Zázzera, a bush, a tuffe or locke of haire of a mans head namely before.

Zazzeriéri, as Zánzeri, or as Zazzeat[ó]re.

Zazzerína, a little bush, tuft or locke of haire vpon a mans forehead.

ZEB

Zazzerín[o], as Zazzeat[ó]re.

Zazzerút[o], one that hath a bush, a tufft or locke of haire before.

Zéa, the corne Rie or Maslin, some take it for Spelt, others for Beere-corne or Beere-barly.

Zẻbe, the Plurall of Zẻbra.

Zebendále.

Zebíb[o], as Zibíb[o], dried Reisins.

Zẻbra, a Goate or a Kid, but properly a wilde beast as bigge as a Mule in India.

Zécca, a Mint-house or place of coyning of money. Also a kind of Waspe, Hornet or biting Tike.

Zécca di búe, an Ox-tike.

Zeccái[o], a Minter, a coyner, a Monoyer.

Zeccárda, to philip or phip with ones fingers.

Zeccardáre, to phipt or philip with ones fingers.

Zeccáre, to mint or stamp money.

Zécche, nits in the eie-lids. Also tikes that breed in dogs.

Zecchiẻre, as Zeccái[o].

Zecchín[o], a coine of Gold currant in Venice worth about seauen shillings and six pence sterlin.

Zed[o]ária, the hearb Zedary or Worme-seede.

Zéd[o]la, a Quob, a Cob or Gudgeon-fish.

Zeduária, as Zed[o]ária.

Zẻffáta, as Cẻffáta, as Schiáff[o].

Zẻffir[o], the Westerne wind. Also the South-west-wind, called Zéphirus.

Zeganẻlle, such small and fine Networkes as Gentlewomen vse to make themselues and weare on their heads as caules.

Zeladína, vsed for Gelatína.

Zelamína, a kind of precious stone called a Zelamin-stone.

Zẻlánte, as Zẻl[ó]s[o].

Zẻláre, to haue a zeale or earnest will to doe something. Also to be iealous, or so loue with iealousie that he will suffer none to be partaker with him.

Zẻlat[ó]re, as Zẻl[ó]s[o].

Zẻl[o], Zeale, earnest affection, enuious loue or emulation, a iealous care.

Zẻl[ó]s[o], zealous or affectionate, full of zeale and affection. Also iealous or carefully louing, and fearing lest the thing that he loueth should be common to another. Also hee that essayeth to follow another in liuing.

Zẻl[o]típia, gel[o]sía & emulati[ó]ne.

Zemiláce, a kinde of stone greenish in the midst.

Zemína, a kind of fine damaske worke entermixed with gold vpon knifes or persian swords.

ZEP

Zenáre, chè sia béne legáta ẻt Zenáta c[o]n fil[o] di fẻrr[o].

Zendád[o], Sendall or Taffata-Sarcenet.

Zendáli, the sendals or labels that hang downe a Bishops miter.

Zendál[o], as Zendád[o].

Zeníth, that point of the firmament directly ouer ones head wheresoeuer he is, called the verticall point.

Zénza, a great Horse-flie.

Zenzára, any kind of Gnat.

Zénzer[o], the spice called Ginger.

Zenzeueráta, a kind of Mermelade with store of ginger in it. Also as Fagi[o]láta.

Zénzeu[o], the spice called Ginger.

Zẻ[o], a kinde of fish taken about Cáles in Spaine, called a Doree or Gold-fish very delicate in taste.

Ze[ó]ne, as Zẻ[o].

Zephíria, egges deemed to be laid by the wind, called West-wind-egges.

Zẻphir[o], as Zẻffir[o].

Zẻppa, a clod of earth, a turfe of grasse, a lumpe of clay. Also a wedge. Also a shoare or vnder layer of wood made like a wedge to driue vnder some props or other thing. Also brimfull or topfull. Also withered and flaggie.

Zẻppa a c[ó]da di r[ó]ndine, a kind of vnder-laying wedge or toole of a Carpenters.

Zẻppa-cauáll[o], a ground or common Thistle.

Zẻppáre, to breake clods of earth, to make into turffes. Also to shoare vp and vnderlay with any thing made like a wedge. Also to fill brimfull, till it run ouer.

Zẻppi zẻppi, brim-full, top-full, heaped vp, as we say water-measure.

Zepp[ó]lla, a Ciboll or an Onion.

Zẻrg[o], as Gẻrg[o], Pedlers-french.

Zẻrl[o], as Giẻrl[o].

Zẻr[o], a figure of naught in Arithmetik. Also a iot, a whit, a crum, a nothing, a trifle, a flap with a Fox-taile. Also a kinde of Christall hauing white and blacke spots in it.

Zẻrzelín[o], a kind of dainty plumbe.

Zẻssáre, to chalke, to marke with chalke.

Zẻss[o], white Chalke or Marking-stone.

Zẻta, the letter Z. Vsed also for a little chamber with windowes on three sides therefore to receiue light and the heat of the Sun in at.

Zẻtte, the letter Z.

Zẻtti, the iesses of a Hawke.

Zẻua, a kind of fruite whereof they make Oyle in India.

Zeugíte, a kinde of Cane so long and strong that they make poles and stakes of them.

ZIG

Zẻugma, a figure whereby many clawses are ioyned with one Verbe.

Zez[o]brán[o], used for Saffron.

Zẻzz[o], as Zẻsso. Also lag or last.

Zía, an Aunt, that is a fathers or mothers sister.

Ziazáa, a kind of stone which will make him that hath it see strange visions in his sleepe.

Zibẻllíni, the rich furre called Sables.

Zibẻttát[o], siueted, made sweet or perfumed with Siuet.

Zibẻttíni, Pomanders made of Muske or Siuet, Siuet-bals.

Zibẻtt[o], a Siuet-cat. Also Siuet.

Zibíbi, dried Reysons of the Sunne.

Zieggiáre, to Vnckle it or Aunt it.

Zífra, any kind of sipher.

Zifrái[o], Ciferer or Caster of accounts.

Zifráre, to cifer or cast accounts.

Zifrat[ó]re, as Zifrái[o].

Zífr[o], a kind of monstrous fish.

Zíge, as Zíger[o].

Zigéna, a kind of monstrous fish.

Ziger[o], a kind of Cassia of a darke and purple colour, smelling like a Rose, and is much vsed in Physike.

Zígi, the wilde Betony growing vp in height.

Zígia, a kinde of Maple-tree. Also a kind of pipe in ancient times vsed to play on at weddings.

Zígn[o], the lesser Lizard.

Zíg[o]l[o], a kind of water or fenny foule.

Zigríte, a kind of whitish stone.

Zigúlla, a fish, called in Latine Iulis.

Zíll[o], as Zigúlla.

Zíl[o], a tree in India which yeeldeth Balsamum.

Zíma, a neat, a smug or finicall woman, one whose care and felicity is to haue and weare gay and fine clothes. Also vsed for Címa.

Zimárra, as Zamára.

Zimbẻlláre, védi béne Zimbéll[o].

Zimbẻlláta, any effect of Zimbẻll[o].

Zimbẻll[o], is properly an Owle bound to the ground who fluttering his wings makes other birds to come downe and light vpon lushes or limet wigs, and by metaphor a lure or inticing. Also a bagge full of bran, sawdust or grauell, bound to a cord, with which children in Italy at Shrouetide goe about and strike at poore Country people. Also a kinde of musicall instrument, Croud or fiddle. Also a wanton, alluring or effeminate fellow.

Zimít[o], leauened bread.

Zimpíper[o], the spice Ginger.

Zinále, a childs bib or apron.

Zinciculáre, to chirpe as a Swallow.

Zinciuláre, to chirpe as a Swallow.

Zinf[o]nía, as Zimph[o]nía.

Zinganáre, to play the roguing Gypsie, to wander vp and downe the country rogueing and cheating with telling fortunes as Gypsies doe.

Zinganésc[o], like vnto, or of the nature of roguing Gypsies.

Zíngani, counterfeit Egiptians, runnagate Gypsies, roguing knaues which are thought by their witch-craft to bewitch folkes purces, and by telling mens fortunes and other secret meanes to picke away and cozen them of their mony. Also famous theeues.

Zinghẻrl[o], a kind of praying bird or rauenous foule.

Zínna, a dug, a pap, a teat, an vdder.

Zinnína, a kind of little pudding.

Zinziculáre, to chirpe as a swallow.

Zinzín[o], a bird called a Titmous. Vsed also for an Vrchin or Hedge-hog.

Zí[o], an Vncle, a fathers or mothers brother.

Zióll[o], a greene Plouer.

Ziottáre, to hault, to limpe, to cripple.

Ziótt[o], as Zópp[o], lame, halting.

Zípa, some part of a wheele.

Zip[ó]lla, a Ciboll, an Onion.

Zip[o]llíne, yongue Cibols or Ciues.

Zíp[o]l[o], a bung for a barrell.

Zírb[o], as [O]mént[o], the cawle wherein bowels are kept.

Ziríte, a stone which worne about ones necke stancheth blood.

Zisílla, a Swallow.

Zisilláre, to chirpe as a swallow.

Zíta, an Aduerbe to command silence, as we sey Isse, whost or s't. Also the name of a Saint much honoured in Lúcca. Also a girle, a lasse, a wench.

Zitẻlla, a yong lasse, girle or wench.

Zitẻll[o], a yongue boy, lad or man childe.

Zíth[o], a kind of drinke made of corne in Egypt, like our Ale or Barly-water.

Zittáre, to whosht or command silence.

Zítt[o], whosht, still, mum, silent, any signe or word denoting or commanding silence.

Zizíf[o], the Iulub or Bead-tree or the blossom and fruit thereof.

Zizíph[o], as Zizíf[o].

Zizíppa, as Zizíf[o].

Zíz[o]la, as Zizíf[o].

Zíz[o]l[o], as Zizíf[o].

Zizzalard[ó]ne, a licke-spit or picke-roste meat, a picker of good morsels.

Zizzánia, Iuray, Ray, Darnell or Cockie that growes amongst corne. Also discord, strife or contention sowen amongst men.

Zizzaniáre, to sow discord, strife or contention among men.

Zizzaniat[ó]re, a sower of striffe, discord and contention among men.

ZOC

Zizzani[ó]s[o], contentious, troublesome, full of strife or sedition.

Zizz[o]rálla, as Zizíf[o].

Zóbbia. Vsed often for Thursday.

Zócca. Vsed as Ciócca.

Zoccáre, to stocke a piece. Also to reduce into logs, stockes or stumps.

Zoccarẻll[o], any little log, blocke, stocke, stumpe or trunke of wood.

Zocchétt[o], as Zoccarẻll[o].

Zócc[o], a log, a blocke, a stocke, a stump, a snag or shiue of wood.

Zocc[o]lánti, certaine Franciscan friers that goe on high woodden pattens or startops.

Zocc[o]láre, to goe on woodden pattins, startops or galashes. Also as Zoccáre.

Zocc[o]lár[o], a maker of startops, galashes or wooden pattins.

Zocc[o]létti, little or low pattins, chopinos, startops or galashes of wood.

Zócc[o]li, woodden pattins, startops, galashes or chopinos, so called because they are made of a Zócc[o].

Zócc[o]li a scácca fáua, a kind of galoshes or chopinoes, open in the midst, tied with ribands, and close at the heeles.

Zócc[o]li Zócc[o]li, as we say in mockery, Tush-tush, away, in faith Sir no, or yea in my other hose. Also when speaking of any body in secrecy the party by chance commeth in, as the Latins say, Lupus est in fábula, so the Italians say, Zócc[o]li Zócc[o]li.

Zocc[o]náre, as Zocc[o]láre.

Zocc[o]nát[o], that weareth Zócc[o]li.

Z[o]díac[o], the Zodiake, that is, that part of the firmament vnder which the Planets mooue, being a Circle about sixteene degrees broad, which the Ecliptike line cutteth in two equall parts, in which are the twelue signes or Asterismes, as Aries, Taurus, &c.

Zóia, often vsed for Gióia.

Zóil[o], an enuious person, one that enuieth others.

Z[o]láia, the latchet or latch of a shooe. Also a spurleather.

Zólfa, solfa or prickesong.

Z[o]lfanẻlli, matches to light a Candle with.

Z[o]lfaríni, as Z[o]lfanẻlli.

Z[ó]lf[o], sulpher or brimstone.

Z[o]lf[o]rẻ[o], sulphury or sulphorous.

Z[ó]lf[o]r[o], sulphur or brimstone.

Z[o]lf[o]r[ó]s[o], sulphury, sulphurous.

Z[o]lf[ó]s[o], as Z[o]lf[o]r[ó]s[o].

Zóli[o], a kind of small fish some what like a Calamary.

Zólla, a clod, a turfe or lump of earth.

Zolláre, to clod or grow together into hard clods or turfes. Also to tie or latch with a latchet.

ZON

Zóll[o], a kind of fish.

Zoll[ó]s[o], clotty, turfie, full of clods.

Z[o]mbáre, to tosse vp in a blanket.

Z[o]mbáta, a tossing in a blanket.

Z[o]m[o]libdéna, litharge or fome of Leade.

Zóna, a girdle or a belt, but properly taken for a certaine breadth in the Heauen or Earth from North to South, bounded out by some of the principall Circls, of the which there are fiue in all, the middlemost being betweene the two Tropikes is called Zóna tórrida, or the firy Zone, two that lie betweene the two Polare circles and his next Tropike, and they are called Zóne tẻmperáte, or the temperate Zones, as being neither extreamely hot nor extreamely cold, and are most inhabited, the other two lye betweene the Polare circles and the two Poles of the world, and they are called Zóne frígide, as being extreame cold and little inhabited.

Zonára, an Ally or place to play at scales or nine pinnes in.

Zonáre, to girdle, to belt or gird and compasse about.

Zonẻlla, any little Zóna, a little girdle or belt.

Z[o]nétti, a kind of Venice drinking-glasses long and wide aboue.

Zóni, keeles, scales or nine pinnes to play at with a bowle.

Z[o]níte, a kind of Cadmia, hauing lines in it like girdles.

Z[o]nzeáre, andáre a spáss[o]. Looke Z[ó]nz[o]. Also to lie hulling at sea.

Z[o]nze[ó]ne, ún[o] chè n[o]n fà chè andáre a spáss[o]. Looke Z[ó]nz[o].

Z[ó]nz[o], any kind of recreating sport, glee, solace, pastime or idle play. Also Andáre a Z[ó]nz[o], to goe or lie a hulling on the sea, as a ship when she hath no winde to saile by, or to goe a sporting.

Zoográphia, painting or describing of beastes.

Zoográph[o], a Painter or describer of beastes.

Z[o]phir[ó]ne, a thing in forme of a border or girdle in which the shapes or diuers things and formes are wrought or grauen.

Z[o]phíte, that are in part liuing creatures, and in part plants, as Spunges or Oysters, &c. partly sensitiue and partly vegetatiue.

Z[o]phtalm[ó]ne, Sengreene, Housleeke.

Z[o]pír[o], the hearbe called Pulioll of the mountaine, it is like a running Thime.

Z[o]pir[ó]ne, as Z[o]pír[o].

Z[o]píssa, a kinde of ship-pitch or gumme scraped from ships that haue beene at Sea.

ZOT

Zóppa, a clod, a clot, a turfe or lumpe of earth. Also a lame limping woman.

Zoppággine, lamenesse, haltingnesse, limpingnesse, criplenesse.

Zoppáre, as Zoppegáre.

Zoppegáre, to halt, to limpe or goe as a criple.

Zoppẻlli, as Zócc[o]li.

Zoppicamént[o], a halting, a limping, a cripling.

Zoppicáre, to halt, to limpe, to cripple.

Zópp[o], lame, halting, limping, cripple.

Zórl[o], as Zorlútt[o].

Zorlútt[o], a Chough with red feete.

Z[o]r[o]nísi[o], a stone called the Magitians gem.

Z[o]r[o]nósi[o], as Z[o]r[o]nísi[o].

Z[o]stéra, as Pras[ó]ne.

Zóster[o], the disease we call shingles or as some say, Saint Anthonies fire or the running euill.

Zóstr[o], as Zóster[o].

Zoticaménte, as Zótic[o], Zóttic[o].

Z[o]ttáre, to halt, to limp, to cripple.

Z[o]ttáta, a thumping blow, a bang.

Zotticaménte, clounishly, rustically, rudely, carter-like, bungler-like.

Zottichézza, clounishnesse, rudenesse, rusticity, blockishnesse, grossenesse.

Zóttic[o], clounish, rude, rusticall, blockish, homely, vnmannerly.

Zottic[ó]ne, a blockish, rude, rusticall, clounish or carter-like fellow.

Zótt[o], haulting, limping, cripple, lame.

Zóui, some part of a ship.

Zuáne, as Záne, as Zannuól[o].

Zúcca, any kind of Gourd or Pumpion. Vsed also metaphorically for a mans head, sconce, nole pate or scull. Also a scull or a head-piece or steele-cap. Also a kind of wine measure of about a pottle of oures. Also a kind of drinking-glasse. Also a salt-box, a bottle, or a Lanthorne. For in Italy they make such of the dried rindes of Pumpions. Also a casting bottle for sweet water.

Zúcca al vẻnt[o], a witlesse-scull, an adle-head or shallow-braine.

Zúcca da sále, a salt-box made of a dried Gourd or Pumpion.

Zúcca fiaschétta, a flaske for Gunpowder.

Zuccái[o], a place where Gourds grow.

Zúcca marína, a Turkie Coocomber or Sea-pumpion.

Zuccarína, a kind of drinking-glasse. Also a kind of bright Roche-allum.

ZVC

Zúccar[o], any kind of Sugar.

Zúccar[o] di trè cótte, sugar thrice refined. Also, as wee say, a knaue in graine.

Zúcca saluática, as Vitálba. Also any kind of wilde Gourde.

Zúcca sénza sále, a sconce without wit, a noddy, a block-head, a shallow-pate.

Zúcca spadáia, as Vitálba.

Zuccáta, a kind of meat made of Pumpions or Gourdes. Also any flim-flam tale or idle discourse without head or foote.

Zuccherái[o], a Sugar-maker. Also a Confectionary or Comfet-maker.

Zuccheráre, to sugar, to candy, to confect, to preserue or dresse with sugar.

Zuccherát[o], sweet, sugared.

Zuccheríni, all manner of pretty things made of sugar-paste.

Zúccher[o], any kind of Sugar.

Zuccher[ó]s[o], sweet, Candied, full of sugar.

Zucchétta, any little Gourd or Pumpion. Looke Zúcca, a little casting bottle.

Zucc[o]náre, to pole, to not, to shaue.

Zucc[ó]ne, a shauen pate, a notted skull. Also a logarhead, a gullish pate.

Zúffa, a fray, a brawle, a quarrell, a bickering, a skirmishing, a riot.

Zuffáre, to quarrell, to brawle, to bicker, to skirmish, to make a fray.

Zúff[o], any kind of whistle or pipe. Also some part of a horse.

Zuff[o]láre, to whistle or pipe.

Zuff[o]láta, any kind of wistling.

Zuff[o]lat[ó]re, a whistler, a piper.

Zuff[o]létt[o], any little whistle.

Zuff[o]lín[o], any little whistle.

Zúff[o]l[o], any whistle or pipe.

ZVR

Zuffuráre, to whistle. Also to whisper.

Zúg[o], a gull, a ninny, a noddy, a silly foole. Also a darling, a wanton, a minion.

Zug[ó]ne, any great Zúg[o].

Zúi, a kind of bird.

Zúppa, any kind of sop or sippet of bread in any drinke or broath. Also a messe of brewes.

Zuppáre, to sop, or sippet.

Zupparẻll[o], vsed for a little doublet.

Zúra, a White thorne berry.

Zúrlare, to scoffe, to mocke, to flout. Also to turne round as a top or whirligigge.

Zurlat[ó]re, a scoffer, a flouter, a mocker.

Zúrl[o], any kind of top, twirle, gigge nunne or whirligigge as children play withall. Also a round or turning trick in dansing. Also a giddinesse or dizzinesse in the head. Also a gull, a noddy or a ninny.

Zúrma, as Ciúrma.

Zurmáglia, as Ciurmáglia.

Zurmáre, as Ciurmáre.

Zurmat[ó]re, as Ciurmat[ó]re.

Zurnáppa, as Giráffa.

Zurumbet, a kind of strange tree.

Zúz[o], vsed for an Owle or Howlet.

Zuzzáre, as Succiáre, or Succhiáre.

Zúzz[o]s, a kind of beast very good to eat, fashioned like a Cunny, which carrieth hir yongue ones in a bag that hangs at hir belly.

Zuzzulín[o], a kind of reddish colour called a Gingerline colour.

X.

Xágue, a kind of tree in India, the iuice whereof dieth all things blacke.

XIL

Xanthéne, a precious stone like to Amber.

Xánt[o], a whitish stone, the ground wherof is of a yellowish tauny.

Xarbíle, a Turkish word, as much to say perforce.

Xén[o], an Hospitall or Spittle.

Xenódi[o], as Xén[o].

Xen[o]féggia, the first Moone in September so called of the Grecians.

Xer[o]líphi[o], a Sepulcher made of stones for Princes to be buried in.

Xer[o]phtalmía, sorenesse or smarting of the eies.

Xífi[o], as Xíphi[o], or Xíphie.

Xilína, a kind of Linnen-cloath made of G[o]ssipi[ó]ne or Xil[ó]ne.

Xil[o]bálsam[o], the wood of the Balme-tree.

Xil[o]cinam[ó]m[o], the wood of the Cinamond-tree.

Xil[ó]ne, as G[o]ssipi[ó]ne, which is a kind of Cotten or Bumbace.

Xil[o]phág[o], a worme breeding in timber.

Xil[o]philáce, a Wood-man or Forrester.

Xíphie, blasing Starres short and sharp pointed in the top, shaking and brandishing like a Darte, and very swift.

Xíphi[o], the Sword-fish or Emperour of the Sea, so called because it hath a beake like a sword. Also the weed Stinking-gladen or Spurge-wort, or as some say Glader or Flags.

Xiphi[ó]ne, as Xíphi[o]. Also Spurge-wort.

Xisti[ó]ne, a kind of precious stone.

Xist[ó]ne, a place of exercise in faire weather, a wrestling-place.

FINIS.

NECESSARY RVLES AND SHORT OBSERVATIONS FOR THE TRVE PRONOVNCING AND SPEEDIE LEARNING OF The Italian Tongue.

COLLECTED FOR THE IMPERIALL MAIESTIE OF ANNA, Crowned Queene of England, Scotland, France and Ireland, &c.

By IOHN FLORIO Reader of the Italian tongue vnto her Maiestie, and one of the Gentlemen of her Royall Priuie Chamber.

(* *) *

LONDON Printed by W. Stansby for Edward Blunt and _William Barret_. 1611.

NECESSARIE RVLES AND SHORT OBSERVATIONS FOR THE TRVE PRONOVNCING AND SPEEDY LEARNING OF THE ITALIAN TONGVE, Collected for the Imperiall Maiestie of ANNA, Crowned Queene of England, Scotland, France and Ireland, &c.

By IOHN FLORIO Reader of the Italian tongue vnto her Maiestie, and one of the Gentlemen of her Royall Priuie Chamber.

(* *) *

Of Pronounciation.

The Italian tongue is pronounced as it is written, and written as it is pronounced: No letter of it is lost or altered but G. & that chiefly when N. followeth the same, as in these wordes. Ingégn[o], Mágn[o], Pégn[o], Ségn[o], Sdégn[o], &c. which then is pronounced much like the English word Onion, as if an I. were included between the N. and the vowell following: It is likewise somwhat lost when Li. followes it, as in these, and infinite other wordes, Fígli[o], M[ó]glie, Quégli, Tógliere, and then it is pronounced as the Welchmen and Spaniards pronounce their double Ll. in Lloid, and Quéll[o], or as the French men doe their double Ll. after an I. as in their words Fille, Estrille, Merueille, &c. except in the word Negligénza, where it is pronounced as in the Latine, or in this English word Gleeke.

. . . . . . .

Note that C. before A. O. and V. is euer pronounced as K. in English: which the Italians neuer vse, as in these wordes. Cása, Cásta, Cóll[o], Cósa, Cúlla, Custóde, &c. Whereas before E. and I. it is euer pronounced as Ch in English, as in these wordes, Celẻste, Cẻlebre, Cíb[o], Cínt[o], _as you doe in these English wordes, Cheape, Cheries, Children, Cheese, and such._

. . . . . . .

Note that whensoeuer C. is double before A. O. and V. it is euer pronounced as double K. in English, as Accasáre, Accadére, Acc[o]m[o]dáre, Accostáre, Accumuláre, Accusáre, &c. whereas if it come double before E. and I. as in these wordes Eccẻdere, Eccellẻnte, Accióche, Vccídere, Vccisi[ó]ne, you must pronounce the first C. as a T. as if they were written, Etcẻdere, Etcellẻnte, Atcióche, Vtcídere, Vtcisi[ó]ne, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that Ch. is at all times, and in all Italian wordes pronounced as the letter K. in English, as in these wordes, Chè, Chénte, Chì, Chiúnque, euen as you doe in these English wordes, Kettle, Kent, Keeper, Kindred, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the rule giuen for C. may also serue for the letter G. for before A. O. and V. it is pronounced as in English, as Gámba, G[ó]ndola, Gúglia, &c. as Gad, God, Good: whereas before E. and I. it is pronounced as the I. being a consonant in English wordes, as Gentíle, Ginócchi[o], &c. and Ghe. in Italian is pronounced as Gue. or Gui. in English, as Ghermíre, Ghirlánda, as in these wordes, Gealding, Guilt, &c. and if G. be double before A. O. and V. pronounce it as you doe in English, but being double before E. or I. as in these wordes, Lẻggere, Leggiér[o], Lóggia, Loggiáre. You must pronounce the first G. as it were a D. euen as you doe in these English wordes, Hedge, Pledge, Dredge, Madge, Lodge, Drudge, &c.

. . . . . . .

For so much as the Italians haue two very different sounds for the two vowels, E. and O. which for distinctions sake, they name the one close and the other open, and that I neuer yet saw booke printed with their differences but one, which was the Familiar letters of that learned man Claudio Tolomẻi, and that no rule hath yet beene giuen in so many of their tedious Grammars for the helpe of the learner, or for the right vse of them; to ease him, and teach him to avoide the many errors that diuers commit (namely my countrey men the English) in not giuing them their right sounds, I haue thought it most convenient to say something of them.

Note then that throughout all my Dictionarie I haue caused two seuerall E. and two different O. to be cast and vsed, whereby the reader and learner may assuredly know how to pronounce them right, and giue them their proper and due sounds.

The close E. hath euer this forme, e. and is pronouced as the English E. or Ea. as in these wordes, Bell, Beane, Den, Deane, Fell, Flea, Meade, Quell, Sell, Tell, &c. and the open E. hath this forme ẻ which is euer pronounced as Ai. in English, as in these words Baile, Baine, Daine, Faile, Flaile, Maide, Quaile, Saile, Taile, &c.

The close E. is seene in these Italian wordes, Béne, Béuere, Sedére, Tenére, Vedére, and infinite others, and the open E. in these, Bẻll[o], Bẻstia, Sẻlla, Sẻdia, Tẻsta, Tẻrra, Vẻrr[o], Vẻste, &c.

So likewise to the close O. I haue throughout my booke giuen this oualle forme O. and to the open this round forme O. The first, close or oualle is euer pronounced as the English single V. in these wordes, Bun, Dug, Flud, Gud, Rud, Stun, Tun, &c. whereas the other round or open is euer pronounced as our O. in these wordes, Bone, Dog, Flow, God, Rod, Stone, Tone, &c. as for example in these Italian wordes, I[o] h[o]n[ó]r[o] il mí[o] Dí[o] c[ó]n [ó]gni diu[o]ti[ó]ne, where euery O. is close and oualle. And in these, lúi mi vuóle tórre la mia t[ó]rre; or else, lúi mi hà r[ó]sa la mia rósa: where Tórre with an open or round O. is a verbe and signifieth to take, and t[ó]rre with a close or oualle O. is a noune substantiue, and signifieth a tower; and R[ó]sa with an oualle and close O. is a participle of the verbe Ródere, and signifieth Gnawne or Nibled, and Rósa with a round or open O. is a noune substantiue, and signifieth the floure that we call a Rose.

I could with many amplifications insist vpon these two letters, but because I desire to shunne prolixity, and addresse mine endeauours to reasonable creatures, and no Critikes, I thinke this sufficient, & for a triall referre them to my Dictionarie, where they may perceiue euery word truly accented, which was yet neuer seen in any printed booke of what language soeuer, and which was only done for her sacred Maiestie, whom alone next to God I desire to serue and satisfie, which if shee be, I haue my desire, I aime no further, and care not for the vulgar.

. . . . . . .

Note that I. is neuer consonant in the Italian tongue, but euer a vowell, and is commonly pronounced as double Ee. in English, as in these words, Biánc[o], Gridáre, Gír[o], Líbr[o], Mirác[o]l[o], Níd[o], Siréna, Tír[o], Vilúpp[o], &c. as you doe in these English words, Bee, Creeke, Greene, Lee, Neede, Meede, Queene, Seene, Speede, Reede, Seede, Tree, Weede, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that Sce, and Sci, as in these Italian wordes Scẻmpi[o], Scelerát[o], Scilinguát[o], Scim[o]nít[o], &c. are euer pronounced as you doe Sh. in these English words, Shame, Shent, Sheepe, Ship, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that V. in the beginning, and sometimes in the middle of words, namely another vowell following the same, is euen a consonant, as in Vári[o], Vedére, Veníre, Antiuedére, Preueníre, &c. but being a vowell, as in these words, Cúra, Fur[ó]re, Manducáre, Natúra, Pút[o], Rúta, &c. it is commonly pronounced as double Oo. in English, as in these words, Foode, Moode, Good, Moote, Roode, Stoode, Wood, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the coniunction copulatiue Et. Ed. or E. comming before a vowell it ought to be pronounced Et. or Ed. as for example, Antóni[o], ẻt Andrẻa, ẻt í[o] siám[o] trè, or else, Antóni[o], ẻd Andrẻa ẻd i[o] siám[o] trè. whereof the latter is the most elegant. Whereas before consonants it ought to be pronounced but as single open E. as for example, I[o], ẻ tù, ẻ lui, ẻ tútti gli áltri n[ó]n facciám[o] chè vn córp[o], except sometimes in verse by Poẻtica Licẻnza, which among Italians is very great.

. . . . . . .

Note that when two Zz. come together betweene two vowels, as in these words, Bẻllézza, Cẻrtézza, Grandézza, F[o]rtézza, &c. you ought to pronounce the first Z. as a T. as if they were written Bẻllétza, Cẻrtétza, F[o]rtétza, Grandétza, &c. except in these words, Mẻzzán[o], Mẻzz[o], Lẻzz[o], Rẻzz[o], R[ó]zz[o], and some few others, where the first Z. is pronounced as a D. as if they were written, Mẻdzán[o], Mẻdz[o], Lẻdz[o], Rẻdz[o], R[ó]dz[o], &c. all which words were better written and printed with a single Z. then with a double.

Note also that when Z. commeth betweene a vowell and a consonant, as in these words, Ammorzáre, Fórza, Scórza, Sénza, &c. you ought to pronounce the same Z. as if a T. did goe before it, as if they were written, Ammortzáre, Fórtza, Scórtza, Séntza, &c.

Thus much I thinke sufficient for the pronunciation.

Of the Articles of the Italian tongue, and of the frequent vse of them.

Note that there is no part of speech more necessary to be truly knowen of him that learneth Italian, then the Articles, forsomuch as without them no man can perfectly distinguish of genders, which are two, Masculine and Feminine; of numbers, which are also two, Singular and Plurall; and of Cases, which are sixe; Nominatiue, Genitiue, Datiue, Accusatiue, Vocatiue, and Ablatiue; and no language hath so frequent vse of them, as the Italian, I haue therefore set them downe, and how they are to be declined and vsed. The Articles are in number seuen: fiue of the Masculine, and two of the Feminine genders. Of the fiue Masculine, two are of the Singular, and three of the Plurall number. Of the two Feminine, one is of the Singular, and one of the Plurall number.

The fiue articles of the Masculine gender are.

Mas. Sing. Mas. Plu. Mas. Sing. Mas. Plu. Mas. Plu.

No. il. i. l[ó]. gli. li. Ge. dél. déi, de'. déll[o]. dégli. délli. Da. al. ai, a'. áll[o]. ágli. álli. Accu. il. i. l[ó]. gli. li. Voca. ô. ó. ó. ó. ô. Abla. dal. dái, da'. dáll[o]. dágli. dálli.

All which haue but one in English, and that is, The; which serueth for both genders and numbers; for you say, the man, the men, the woman, and the women.

Fem. Sing. Fem. Plu. In English.

Nom. la. le. the. Gen. délla. délle. of the. Dat. álla. álle. to the. Accu. la. le. the. Vo. ó. ó. oh the. Abla. dálla. dálle. from, of, or by the.

. . . . . . .

Of the true vse of these Articles.

Note that Il and I, are commonly and ought to be vsed before nounes or words that begin with consonants, as Il béne, Il d[ó]lce, Il Mále, Il líbr[o], Il Préncipe, Il Rẻ, &c. I béni, I d[ó]lci, I máli, I líbri, I Préncipi, I Rẻ, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that L'[ó], and Gli, are or els ought euer to be vsed before nounes or words beginning with vowels, and are commonly by the best Speakers or Writers apostrophed, and pronounced together as they were but one word, as L'abbáte, L'altáre, L'Angel[o], L'am[ó]re, L'ódi[o], &c. gl'abbáti, gl'altári, gl'Angeli, gl'am[ó]ri, gl'ódij, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that forsmuch as good Italians shun as a thing most harsh among them, to haue or vse many consonants together, namely aboue two, seldome three, and never foure; and that there be diuers words of the Masculine gender that begin with S. and one or more consonants follow the same, as Spirit[o], Strále, Strácci[o], Str[o]mẻnt[o], &c. Before such words they will not, according to the foresaid rule, vse the Articles Il, and I, but will say and write, as being more pleasing in pronouncing, and to the eare, l[o] Spírit[o], l[o] Strácci[o], l[o] Strále, l[o] Str[o]mẻnt[o], gli Spíriti, gli Stráccij, gli Stráli, gli Str[o]mẻnti, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Article Li, is and may indifferently be vsed before consonants or vowels, as Li árb[o]ri, li cittadíni, li quáli, &c. and I am of opinion that were it not that some ancient Writers haue vsed the same, moderne Writers would not much vse it.

. . . . . . .

Note that La, and Le, before vowels are vsually apostrophed and pronounced as one word, whereas before consonants they are written and pronounced seuerally: as for example, L'ácqua, l'ánima, l'altézza, l'acque, l'ánime, l'altézze, &c. La bálla, la Cárne, la fáccia, la ménte, la tẻrra, &c. Le bálle, le Carni, le fáccie, le ménti, le tẻrre, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the foresaid particles are not euer or properly articles, except they be ioyned vnto absolute nounes, whether substantiues, adiectiues, or proper: for if they be affixed vnto verbes (as they are very often) they change their property, and become pronounes deriuatiues from the primitiues, or else demonstratiues of the Datiue and Accusatiue cases, as for example; I[o] gli diédi, I gaue him: I[o] il víddi, I saw him: Tù l[o] c[o]n[ó]sci, thou knowest him: Tù i Sénti, thou hearest them, Tù la t[ó]cchi, thou touchest her: Tù le fai mále, thou dost her hurt: and with verbes of priuation, as hereafter shall be better declared, Gli, and li, and le become of the Ablatiue case: as for example; Tù gli rubásti, thou stolest from him, or them. Tu li tollésti, thou tookest from him or them: Tu la furásti, thou stolest from her.

. . . . . . .

Note also that these two Articles La and Li are sometimes aduerbes of place, signifying There, or in that place, and then they are commonly accented, as Là and Lì.

. . . . . . .

Note that to the Articles are diuers times affixed these prepositions, as Di of the Genitiue case, A of the Datiue, and Da of the Ablatiue; which so ioyned, make of the Genitiue Del, Dell', Déi, De', Déll[o], Dégli, Délli, Délla, Delle, and of the Datiue Al, All', Ai, A', All[o], Agli, Alli, Alla, Alle, and of the Ablatiue Dál, Dáll', Dái, Da', Dáll[o], Dágli, Dálli, Dálla, Dálle; which sometimes are in the Italian tongue diuersly vsed, and lose their ordinary significations: as for example; those of the Genitiue case become somtimes the signe of a comparison, in English, Then, or Then the, namely, after the Aduerbs of quantity, Più, or Mén[o], as thus: Tù Sẻi più dótt[o] di mè, mà n[ó]n già déll'amíc[o] nóstr[o]. Other times following a verbe and being before a noune substantiue, whose quality may be diuisible, they become Aduerbs of quantity, and signifie Some, or part of, as thus, Dámmi dél páne ẻ dél vin[o], ẻt i[o] tì darò délla cárne, dégl'óssi, ẻ dél pésce.

. . . . . . .

Note that Alla, being placed before any noune adiectiue, it makes the same an aduerbe of similitude; like vnto, or after the fashion of, as thus, I[o] pr[o]céd[o] álla reále, I proceed like vnto an honest man, or honest-man-like. Or thus, Lui párla all'Italiána, vẻste álla Francése, béue álla T[o]désca, &c. He speaketh after the Italian fashion, clotheth after the French, and drinkes after the Dutch manner, &c.

And euen so doth Da, being placed before a noune substantiue, as thus, I[o] pr[o]céd[o] da huóm[o] da béne, tù vẻsti da capitán[o], párli da D[o]tt[ó]re, ẻ fái da p[o]ltr[ó]ne.

. . . . . . .

Note that all the Datiue cases A, Al, All', All_o_, Alla, Ai, A', Agli, Alli, Alle, as also all these Articles, Affixes, or Pronounes deriuatiues, Mi, Ti, Si, Ci, Vi, Me, Te, Se, Ce, Ve, Ne, which are of the Datiue case, if any of them be affixed to any verbes of priuation, as Asc[ó]ndere, Furáre, Rubbáre, Tógliere, &c. contrary to all rules (and which was yet neuer noted in any Grammar that I haue seene) they all become of the Ablatiue case, and with no other verbes, as thus, I[o] hò leuáte le fórze a', or, alli miéi amici, Tù mi t'asc[ó]ndi, Tù ci hai furáti i nostri líbri; Di[o] vi torrà i vóstri piacéri, v[ó]i ne hauéte tólt[o] il nóstr[o] ripós[o]. I peccat[ó]ri non si póss[o]n[o] nasc[ó]ndere á Dí[o], &c. which be meere Italianismes.

. . . . . . .

Note also that the Preposition of the Ablatiue case Da. whether alone or ioyned to any Article, as Dál, Dai, Dáll[o], Dágli, Dálli, Dálla, Dálle, comming after any of these verbes of motion, Andáre, C[ó]rrere, Fuggíre, Veníre, &c. so that the party or persons to whom you goe, runne, flie, or come, be named or mentioned, contrary to all rules giuen in Grammars, they become of the Datiue case. As for example, Andánd[o] dal Sign[ó]r Pá[o]l[o], C[ó]rsi dálla Sign[ó]ra María, v[o]lẻnd[o] fuggíre dalli Sign[ó]ri Th[o]mas[o] ẻd Andrẻa, vénni dal Sign[ó]r Henric[o], &c.

Note also that the preposition of the Ablatiue case Da. comming before any Noune numerall or number, it serueth for the Preposition, Círca or Int[ó]rn[o], in English, About, as thus. Éran[o] da venti s[o]ldáti. They were about twenty souldiers. I[o] vi tr[o]uái da diẻci huómini da béne. There I found about ten honest men, &c.

Note also that Da, or Da' are likewise often vsed for an Aduerbe of exception, sauing or except: but then the thing excepted must immediately follow Da, and Infuóri or in pói, must succeede the same, as I[o] truóu[o] m[ó]lte cóse da denári in fuóri. Tútti s[ó]n[o] huómini da béne da' furbi in pói. &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that these prepositions, C[o]n, Pẻr, In, N[ó]n, are often ioyned vnto Articles, and made as one word or sillable, as for C[o]n il. C[o]n i. C[o]n l[o]. C[o]n gli. C[o]n la. C[o]n le. the Italians will say and write. C[o]l tẻmp[o]. C[o]i líbri. C[o]' fratẻlli. C[o]ll'am[ó]re. C[o]gl'ódij. C[ó]lla mádre. C[ó]lle s[o]rẻlle, &c. in English, with or with the.

. . . . . . .

In steede of, Pẻr il. Pẻr i. Pẻr l[o]. Pẻr gli. Pẻr li. Pẻr la. Pẻr le. They say and write. Pẻl. Pẻi. Pẻ', Pẻll[o]. Pẻgli. Pẻlli. Pẻlla. Pẻlle. For, Through, or by the.

. . . . . . .

In steede of, In il. In i. In l[o]. In gli. In li. In la. In le. They say and write, Nél. Nei. Ne'. Néll[o]. Négli, Nélli. Nélla. Nélle. In English, In, Into, or in the.

. . . . . . .

In steede of, N[o]n il. N[o]n i. N[o]n l[o]. N[o]n gli. N[o]n li. N[o]n la. N[o]n le. They say and write, N[o]l. N[o]i. N[o]'. N[ó]ll[o]. N[ó]gli. N[ó]lli. N[ó]lla. N[ó]lle. In English, Not the, not him, not her, or not them, &c. Let this suffice for the Articles and the vse of them.

Of Nounes in generall, namely of Substantiues, and of the vse of them.

A Noune is properly any thing of Essence or Substance, which may either be touched, seene, or imagined, as Árb[o]re, Córn[o], Fi[ó]re, Sáss[o], &c. S[ó]le, Lúna, Ciẻl[o], Stélla, &c. Dí[o], Ánima, Speránza, Paradís[o], &c.

Note that all Italian Nounes, both Substantiues, Adiectiues, and Proper, be either of the Masculine or Feminine genders, and that most of them be either meerely Latine, or deriued of the Latine. Those that be Latine, haue only the Ablatiue case singular of the same, which serueth for all cases singular of the Italian, and only the Articles distinguish both genders and numbers; so that whosoeuer knowes the Articles perfectly, and learneth to decline but one Noune, shall thereby know how to decline all. I will not therfore be tedious.

. . . . . . .

Note that all Masculine Nounes in the singular number, end and terminate either in O. or in E. or in A. and all in I. in the Plurall, except some few heteroclites, whereof shall be spoken hereafter, as for example. Il Castẻll[o], Il Ciẻl[o], Il líbr[o], Il tẻmp[o], L'ódi[o], L'[o]rgógli[o], &c. I castẻlli, I ciẻli, I líbri, I tẻmpi, Gl'ódij, gl'[o]rgógli, &c. Il fiúme, Il nóme, Il pádre, Il sángue, Il túrbine, &c. I fiúmi, I nómi, I pádri, I sángui, I túrbini, &c. Il Dúca, Il Poẻta, Il Pr[o]fẻta, l'Euangelísta, &c. I Dúchi, I Poẻti, I Pr[o]phẻti, Gl'Euangelisti, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that most of Italian Feminine nounes end in the singular either in A. or in E. if in A. then in E. in the plurall. As for example, La bálla. la cárta. la tẻrra. la táu[o]la, &c. Le bálle. le cárte. le tẻrre. le táu[o]le. &c. L'ácqua. L'ánima. L'ácque. L'ánime. &c. And if in E. in the singular, then in I. in the plurall, as for example, La c[o]nsuetúdine. La mádre. La ménte. La salúte. &c. Le c[o]nsuetúdini. Le mádri. Le ménti. Le salúti, &c. L'[o]ccasi[ó]ne. L'[o]ccasi[ó]ni. One only Feminine noune endeth in O. that is, La mán[o], which in the plurall endeth in I. as Le máni.

. . . . . . .

Note that all Feminine nounes that in their Ablatiue case singular of the Latin end in Áte, or V´te. The Italians (namely in prose) reiect and loose the last sillable Té, and take the rest, euer placing an accent ouer the last A. or V. making Singular and Plurall all one, which they distinguish by the Articles, or by the Adiectiues, or by the Pronounes ioyned vnto them, as for example, La Città. La qualità. La quantità. La realità. &c. Le città. Le qualità. Le quantità. Le realità. &c. La gi[o]uentù. La seruitù. La vertù. &c. Le giouentù. Le seruitù. Le vertù. &c. Yet obserue that Poets may, and doe often dispence with this rule: for at their pleasure they may vse both, yea and often change Te into De, as for example. La città. la cittáte. la cittáde. La qualità. la qualitáte. la qualitáde. La vertù. la vertúte. la vertúde. &c. Le città. le cittáti. le cittádi. Le qualitá. le qualitáti. le qualitádi. Le vertù. le vertúti. le vertúdi. &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that all Italian Feminine nounes that end in Ántia or Éntia, may at the pleasure of the speaker or writer, end in Anza or Enza, and Tuscans count the latter the best, as thus Ab[o]ndántia, Ab[o]ndánza. Vigilántia, Vigilánza, &c. Diligẻntia, Diligẻnza, Patiẻntia, Patiẻnza, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that all Italian Masculine Nounes, that in the singular end in Io. whereof there are many, should in the plurall end in ij. as for example. Essẻrcíti[o], Ódi[o], Óti[o], Víti[o], Essẻrcítij, Ódij, Ótij, Tẻmpij, Vitij, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that most of those Latine Nounes that in their Ablatiue case singular end in Ine. as Flúmine, Nómine, Sánguine, the Italians loose and reiect that sillable Ne, and changing the I. into E. they say. Fiúme, Nóme, Sángue, excepting Hómine, whereof they frame Huóm[o] in the singular, and Huómini in the plurall, yet vse they to say, Fúlmine, Túrbine, Fúlmini, Túrbini.

. . . . . . .

Note that adding an Article of the Masculine gender to any Infinitiue moode, the same becommeth a Noune substantiue, a thing much vsed among the Italians, as also by putting a Pronoune demonstratiue before them, as thus. Il mi[o] descináre n[o]n mi c[ó]sta núlla. Il d[o]rmíre di gi[ó]rn[o] n[o]n ẻ sán[o]. L'amáre il m[ó]nd[o] n[o]n piáce a Di[o]. Quést[o] tánt[o] studiáre n[o]n vi gi[ó]ua. Quést[o] vóstr[o] lẻggere vi darà nóia. Quéll[o] C[ó]rrere in frétta fà cadére, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Italians haue a certaine liberty in framing Substantiues or rather Nicknames, according to their diuers humours or capriccios, a thing much vsed among them: and that is, by taking the third person singular of the Present tence of the Indicatiue moode of any verbe of the first Coniugation, or else the scond person singular of the same Tence and Moode of all Verbs of the second, third, and fourth Coniugations, and putting any substantiue noune to the same, as for example. Vn Caua-dẻnti, a Tooth-drawer. Vn Spázza-camín[o], a Chimney-sweeper. Vn Vendi-légna, a Wood-seller, Vn S[ó]rbi-bród[o], a Broth-supper, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that in Nounes of Trees and Fruits in the Italian tongue, the trees should euer be of the Masculine gender, and the fruits of the Feminine. As for example, Castágn[o], a Chesse-nut-tree, Castágna, a Chesse-nut, Mánd[o]rl[o], an Almond-tree, Mánd[o]rla, an Almond, Pér[o], a Peare-tree, Péra, a Peare, P[ó]om[o], an Apple-tree, P[ó]ma, an Apple, Pẻrsic[o], a Peach-tree, Pẻrsica, a Peach, Prún[o], a Plum-tree, Prúna, a Plum, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that taking the name of any manuall thing or wrought by hand, so it be euer made to end in A. as B[o]tt[ó]ne, B[ó]tte, Capẻll[o], Guánt[o], Líbr[o], Candéla, Cárta, Sẻlla, Spáda, &c. and ioyning R[o]. or I[o]. vnto it, you make substantiuely the professor or workeman of that trade, as thus. B[o]tt[o]nár[o], B[o]tt[o]nái[o], B[o]ttár[o], B[o]ttái[o], Capẻllár[o], Capẻllái[o], Guantár[o], Guantái[o], Librár[o], Librái[o], Candelár[o], Candelái[o], Cartár[o], Cartái[o], Sẻllár[o], Sẻllái[o], Spadár[o], Spadái[o].

. . . . . . .

Note that taking the Participle of any verbe actiue, and putting Re. vnto the same, you make a substantiue that expresseth the actor of that verbe, as thus. Ballát[o], Danced, Ballat[ó]re, a Dancer, Amát[o], Loued, Amat[ó]re, a Louer, Cantát[o], Sung, Cantat[ó]re, a Singer, G[o]uernát[o], Gouerned, G[o]uernat[ó]re, a Gouernour, Lẻtt[o], Read, Lẻtt[ó]re, a Reader, Scrítt[o], Written, Scritt[ó]re, a Writer, Vdít[o], Heard, Vdit[ó]re, a Hearer, &c. All which you may make of the Feminine gender by changing, T[ó]re into Tríce. as thus. Amatríce, Ballatríce, Cantatríce, G[o]uernatríce, Lẻttríce, Scrittríce, Vditríce. &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that some late good writers haue quaintly vsed to conuert Adiectiues into Substantiues, which being discreetly placed some deeme it a very elegant Italianisme, and that is by adding an Article to any Adiectiue, namely the Mas. gender, and Sing. number. As for example, C[ó]l púr[o] dél cuóre, c[o]n il cándid[o] dèll ánim[o], ẻt c[o]n il víu[o] déll'affẻtt[o], I[o] ám[o] il sincẻr[o] délle vóstre vertù, il d[ó]lce del vóstr[o] pr[o]cédere, mà n[o]n il dúr[o] délla vóstra rigidézza, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Italians haue foure Sustantiues of one sillable, that is to say Piè, Rè, Fè, and Grù, deriued of Piẻde, a Foote; of Rége, a king; of Féde, Faith, and of Grúe, a Crane. The first two are of the Mas. and the other two of the Fem. gender, and serue for both numbers and are euer accented.

. . . . . . .

Note that taking the name of manageable thing, so you make it of the Feminine gender ending in A. and ioyning Ta. vnto it, you may elegantly expresse substantiuely the power, effect, or blow of the same, as this, Arco, a Bow; Arcáta, a Blow or effect of a bow. Bast[ó]ne, Bast[o]náta, C[o]ltẻll[o], C[o]ltẻlláta, Palétta, Palettáta, Pugnále, Pugnaláta, Sáss[o], Sassáta, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that for as much as the Italians vnto certaine Nounes substantiues of the Masculine gender, besides their owne and proper plurall, they giue them another, which in sound and writing seemeth to be of the Feminine gender and singular number ending in A. and yet hath the Article, the Pronoune, or Adiectiue, that must gouerne the same of the Feminine gender and Plurall number, which they call heteroclites: and because this Feminine plurall is deemed to be the most elegant, and that there be but some few of them, I have therefore set downe here as many as I could remember, as followeth alphabetically.

Il Brácci[o]. I Bráccij. Le Bráccia. Il Budẻll[o]. I Budẻlli. Le Budẻlla. Il Calcágn[o]. I Calcágni. Le Calcágna. Il Cárr[o]. I Cárri. Le Cárra. Il Castẻll[o]. I Castẻlli. Le Castẻlla. Il Ceruẻll[o]. I Ceruẻlli. Le Ceruẻlla. Il Cígli[o]. I Cíglij. Le Cíglia. Il Córn[o]. I Córni. Le Córna. Il Dít[o]. I Díti. Le Díta. Il Fíc[o]. I Fíchi. Le Fíca. Il Fíl[o]. I Fíli. Le Fila. Il F[o]ndamént[o]. I F[o]ndaménti. Le F[o]ndaménta. Il Frútt[o]. I Frútti. Le Frútta. Il Ginócchi[o]. I Ginócchij. Le Ginócchia. Il Lábbr[o]. I Lábbri. Le Lábbra. Il Légn[o]. I Légni. Le Légna. Il Múr[o]. I Múri. Le Múra. Il Mẻmbr[o]. I Mẻmbri. Le Mẻmbra. L'[O]récchi[o]. Gl'[O]récchij. Le [O]récchia. L'Óss[o]. Gl'Óssi. Le Óssa. Il Pái[o]. I Páij. Le Páia. Il Pár[o]. I Pári. Le Pára. Il Peccát[o]. I Peccáti. Le Peccáta. Il Púgn[o]. I Púgni. Le Púgna. Il Quadrẻll[o]. I Quadrẻlli. Le Quadrẻlla. Il Rastell[o]. I Rastẻlli. Le Rastẻlla. Il Rís[o]. I Rísi. Le Rísa. Il Stái[o]. I Stáij. Le Stáia. Il Stár[o]. I Stári. Le Stára. Il Stríd[o]. I Strídi. Le Strída. Il Vestígi[o]. I Vestígij. Le Vestígia. Il Vestimént[o]. I Vestiménti. Le Vestiménta, &c.

There be some others that I remember not. Yet note that there be ancient Poets that make some of them end in Óra, as these, Lát[o], Cámp[o], Luóg[o], Órt[o], Córp[o], Prát[o], Rám[o], &c. and in the Plurall say, Camp[ó]ra, Corp[ó]ra, Lat[ó]ra, Luog[ó]ra, Prat[ó]ra, Ort[ó]ra, &c. In steede of Cámpi, Córpi, Láti, Luóghi, Órti, Práti, &c. but are not generally allowed.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Italians haue a peculiar priuiledge more liuely to declare, and more succinctly to expresse the proper forme and quality of any primitiue, positiue, or radicall Noune, then all other nation or languages, and which among them is very much vsed, both in speaking and writing, and is counted very quaint and elegant; and because it was neuer yet noted of any, and is so frequently vsed, I deeme the knowledge thereof to be most necessary, and thinke it behoofefull to be declared vnto your soueraigne Maiesty; which is, by adding certaine terminations or sillables vnto any primitiue or positiue nounes, as for example, Ín[o], Étt[o], V´cci[o], Ótt[o], [Ó]ne, Ácci[o]; for these are most used. What noune soeuer endeth in Ín[o], sheweth the same to be very little, small, and the least that may be. What noune soeuer endeth in Étt[o], declares the same to be both very little, and therewithall quaint and pretty. What noune soeuer endeth in V´cci[o], importeth the same to be poore, miserable, wretched, and deseruing compassion. Whatsoeuer noune endeth in Ótt[o], implieth the same to be handsomly big, well compact, and indifferently goodly. What noune soeuer endeth in [Ó]ne, doth manifest the same to be great beyond reason, bigge and ouer great, farre exceeding due proportion, huge aboue measure. What noune soeuer endeth in Ácci[o], argueth the same to be ugly, lothsome, contemptible, filthy, and odious. Let these few examples serue for all the rest.

Anẻll[o], any kinde of ordinary Ring. Anẻllín[o], a very little or small Ring. Anẻllétt[o], a little, and therewith pretty and quaint Ring. Anẻllúcci[o], a silly, poore, abiect, and base Ring. Anẻllótt[o], _a handsome, well fashioned, and not despisable Ring._ Anẻll[ó]ne, _a huge, bigge, great, exceeding due proportion Ring._ Anẻllácci[o], _a filthy, contemptible, lothsome, and to be reiected Ring._ Cauáll[o], Cauallín[o], Cauallétt[o], Cauallúcci[o], Cauallótt[o], Cauall[ó]ne, Cauallácci[o]. Dónna, Donnína, Donnétta, Donnúccia, Donnótta, Donn[ó]ne, Donnáccia. Spáda, Spadína, Spadétta, Spadúccia, Spadótta, Spad[ó]ne, Spadáccia.

And so of all the rest: but remember, that if you will haue them end in Ótt[o], or [Ó]ne, you must make the Feminin positiue to end in O. as Donn[ó]ne, Cas[ó]ne, Spad[ó]ne, Tau[o]l[ó]ne, of Dónna, Spáda, Cása, Táu[o]la, &c.

Note also that if the primitiue noune end in N[o], or Re, as Ásin[o], Past[ó]re, to expresse a kind of diminution or prettinesse and littlenesse, you may make them end in Ell[o], as Asinẻll[o], Bast[o]ncẻll[o], Past[o]rẻll[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that all Nounes ending in L[o]. Le. R[o]. Re. or Ne. except the last vowell require an accent, the said vowell may be left out, and at pleasure both in speaking and writing, in steed of Búffal[o]. Cauáll[o]. Mále. Quále. Tále. Amár[o]. Cár[o]. C[o]l[ó]re. H[o]n[ó]re. Buón[o]. Sán[o]. Mán[o]. Cáne. Páne. as also all Infinitiue moods, as Amáre. Cantáre. Tenére. Vedére. C[ó]rrere. Tẻssere. D[o]rmíre. Vdíre. you may very well say, Buffal'. Cauál'. Mál'. Quál'. Tal'. Amár'. Cár'. C[o]l[ó]r'. H[o]n[ó]r'. Buón. Sán'. Mán'. Cán'. Pán'. Amár'. Cantár'. Tenér'. Vedér'. C[ó]rrer'. Tẻsser'. D[o]rmír'. Vdír'. &c. For L. N. and R. are among the Italians counted the principall liquids in which words may end, though some count M. and T. liquids also. For some make the first persons plurall of Verbes end in M. leauing out the O. as you shall see better in Verbes, as also because the Coniunction copulatiue ended in T. namely before consonants, as hath alreadie beene said.

. . . . . . .

Note also that all plurals of most masculine words, whose singulars end in Ll[o], or Le, may at the pleasure of the Speaker or Writer end in Gli. Li. or I. as Cauáll[o]. Cauágli. Cauálli. Cauái. or Cauá'. Capẻll[o]. Capẻgli. Capẻlli. Capẻi. or Capẻ'. Quéll[o]. Quégli. Quélli. Quéi. or Que'. Tále. Táli. Tái. Ta'. &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that where the Latins vse in diuers of their words the letter E. after the first consonant of the first sillable, as Melle. Felle. Feno. Leto. Pede. Sedet. Tenet. the Italians for elegancy sake put an I. betweene the said consonant and the E. and say and write, Miẻle. Fiẻle. Fiẻn[o]. Liẻt[o]. Piẻde. Siẻde. Tiẻne. &c.

. . . . . . .

Note also that where the Latines haue the open or round O. for the second letter after a consonant, as in these wordes: Bon[o]. Corde. Foc[o]. Hom[o]. Mouére. Son[o]. Ton[o]. Nocére. &c. the Italians commonly put an V. before the O. and say and write, Buón[o], Cuóre, Fuóc[o], Huóm[o], Muóuere, Nuócere, Suón[o], Tuón[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that where the Latins vse in diuers words the letter L. after C. F. and P. the Italians change the L. into I. and in steede of Cláro, Claritáte, Clamáre, Claue, Conclusione, Flamma, Flóre, Flumen, Plano, Planta, Plombo, Templo, &c. they say, Chiár[o], Chiarità, Chiamáre, Chiáue, C[o]nchiusi[ó]ne, Fiámma, Fi[ó]re, Fiúme, Pián[o], Piánta, Pi[ó]mb[o], Tẻmpi[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that when an Italian word beginneth with S. and that any other consonant followes the same, as in these examples, Sbandáre, Scacciáre, Sc[o]ns[o]lát[o], Sfacẻndát[o], Sfórz[o], Smenticát[o], Spauẻnt[o], Stẻrminát[o], Str[o]mént[o], Suenimént[o], &c. the best Italians for Elegancies sake, place and pronounce an I. before the S. and say, Isbandáre, Iscacciáre, Isc[o]ns[o]lát[o], Isfacẻndát[o], Isfórz[o], Ismenticát[o], Ispauẻnt[o], Isterminát[o], Istr[o]mẻnt[o], Isuenimént[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that where the Latins vse in many words these two consonants together, Bf. Bn. Bs. Bt. Ct. Dm. Mn. Pt. which the Italians call Aspre c[o]ns[o]nánti, of most of their Latin wordes following, they make Italian wordes by losing the first of them, and euer doubling the latter consonants, as for example.

Obfuscáre. [O]ffuscáre. Abnuntiáre. Ann[o]ntiáre. Obsẻruáre. [O]ssẻruáre. Obtẻstáre. [O]ttẻstáre. Obtúso. [O]ttús[o]. Doctrína. D[o]ttrína. Admonitione. Amm[o]niti[ó]ne. Aduẻrsitate. Auuẻrsità. Omnipotẻnte. [O]nnip[o]tẻnte. Optatiuo. [O]ttatíu[o]. Optimo. Óttim[o].

and infinite others: yet remember that in these two Latine wordes, Omnis, and Somnium, the Italians change Mn. into Gn. and say, Ogni, S[ó]gn[o], S[o]gnáre, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note also that where the Latines vse the letter X. betweene two vowels, as Alexandro, Exemplo, Dixi, Prolixitate, Sáxo, Taxatio, &c. the Italians change the X. into double SS. and say, Alessándr[o], Essẻmpi[o], Díssi, Pr[o]lissità, Sáss[o], Tassati[ó]ne, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that adding Dis. In. Is. or S. vnto any actiue or possessiue word or verbe, the same becommeth of the priuatiue sense, as appeareth by these examples.

Fáre. Disfáre. Pr[o]p[o]rti[ó]ne. Dispr[o]p[o]rti[ó]ne. Felíce. Infelíce. C[o]stánte. Inc[o]stánte. Mem[o]rát[o]. Ismem[o]rát[o]. C[o]ns[o]lát[o]. Isc[o]ns[o]lát[o]. C[o]n[o]scẻnte. Isc[o]n[o]scẻnte. Vólgere. Suólgere.

And infinite others.

Of Nounes Adiectiues, and of the vse of them.

I will not stand vpon the definition of an Adiectiue, but in briefe, An Adiectiue is but a part of speech, to signifie and set forth the true quality, nature, state, or condition of any substantiue.

Note that the Italians haue two sorts of Adiectiues, one ending in O, in the singular number, the other in E. the first doth euer varie according to the substantiue whereunto it is ioyned, as thus, Buón[o] amíc[o]. Buoni amíci. Buóna amíca. Buóne amíche, and so of all the rest. The second ending in E. as it were neutrally serueth both genders, and varieth only in number, as thus, Gentíle Spírit[o]. Gentíli Spíriti. Gentíle ánima. Gentíli ánime. Felíce huóm[o]. Felíci huómini. Felíce dónna. Felíci dónne, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that these two Adiectiues, Sánt[o] and Gránde, are diuersly used in the Italian tongue; for, before consonants they loose the last sillable To and De, and say and write Grán and Sán, both in the singular and plurall number, as this, Grán fuóc[o]. Grán fuóchi. Grán cal[ó]re. Grán cal[ó]ri. Sán Pá[o]l[o]. Sán Francésc[o]. whereas before vowels they are written at large, and sometimes apostrophed, as thus, Gránde am[ó]re. Grándi am[ó]ri. Sánt[o] Andrẻa. Sant'Andrẻa.

. . . . . . .

Note that taking any Adiectiue of the Feminine gender, and adding Ménte vnto it. You may frame any Aduerbe of quality or order, as Amára. Amaraménte. Furi[ó]sa. Furi[o]saménte. C[o]rtése. C[o]rteseménte. D[ó]lce. D[o]lceménte. &c. and if you will frame or expresse any superlatiue degree, as we doe in English by adding Very or Most vnto any Adiectiue, so loosing the last vowell of any Italian Adiectiue, and putting Issimo vnto the same, you make the superlatiue as Amaríssim[o]. Furi[o]síssim[o]. C[o]rtesíssim[o]. D[o]lcíssimo. &c. and so consequently if you will expresse any Aduerbe of quality superlatiuely, change Issimo into Issimaménte, as thus, Amarissimaménte. Furi[o]sissimaménte. C[o]rtesissimaménte. D[o]lcissimaménte. And so of all the rest.

. . . . . . .

Note that taking of any Noune substantiue, whether Latin or Italian, you may thereof at your pleasure frame his Adiectiue either Active or Passiue (be it lawfull for me to use these words:) to frame the first make your substantiue to end in O. and put So vnto it, as Am[ó]re, Am[o]r[ó]s[o], Bis[ó]gn[o], Bis[o]gn[ó]s[o], Gúst[o], Gust[ó]s[o], Fórza, Forz[ó]s[o], Paúra, Paur[ó]s[o], Tẻrra, Tẻrr[ó]s[o], &c. which termination implyeth euer the quality or fulnesse of the substantiue. To frame the second, make your substantiue to end in E. and put Vole vnto it, as Am[o]réu[o]le, Bis[o]gnéu[o]le, Gustéu[o]le, H[o]n[o]réu[o]le, L[o]déu[o]le, Pauréu[o]le, &c. You may also in steede of Vole vse Bile; but then the substantiue must end in A. and say, Amicábile, Biasimábile, Gustábile, Laudábile, T[o]lerábile, &c. From all which taking away the last vowell, and adding Ménte vnto the rest, you frame of them Aduerbs of quality, as is before said, as thus, Amicheu[o]lménte. Biasimabilménte, Laudabilménte, Gusteu[o]lménte, H[o]n[o]reu[o]lménte, T[o]lerabilménte, &c. Am[o]r[o]saménte, Gust[o]saménte, &c.

Of Nounes proper or appellatiues.

Of Nounes Appellatiues or Proper, I will say little, for being but proper names of Persons or of Places, they are soone learned.

Of Comparatiues and how to frame them.

Note that the Italians haue but sixe comparatiues that may be expressed in one word, that is to say, Maggi[ó]re, Min[ó]re. Megli[ó]re. Peggi[ó]re. Superi[ó]re. Inferi[ó]re. which may as well be counted Latine as Italian. All the rest may be framed by placing any of these two Aduerbs of quantity, Più or Mén[o], before any Adiective, as thus, Amár[o]. Più amár[o]. Mén[o] amár[o]. Bẻll[o]. Più bẻll[o]. Men bẻll[o]. Cár[o]. Più cár[o]. Mén cár[o]. Dótt[o]. Più dótt[o]. Mén dótt[o]. Gránde. Più gránde. Mén gránde. And so of all the rest.

Of Superlatiues.

Note that the Italians haue two sorts of Superlatiues, which I distinguish thus, that one may admit a comparison, and the other not. That which admitteth no comparison, is euer framed by adding the Article that the positiue adiectiue requireth, unto your already framed Comparatiue, as thus. Amár[o], Più amár[o], Mén[o] amár[o]. Il più amár[o]. Il mén' amár[o]. Cára. Più cára. Mén cára. La più cára. La mén cára. Dótt[o]. Più dótt[o]. Mén dótt[o]. Il più dótt[o]. Il mén dótt[o]. Gránde. Più gránde. Mén gránde. La più gránde. La Mén gránde. The other Superlatiue that doth admit a comparison, which the English expresse with the addition of Most, Right, Thrice, or Very, vnto their positiues, is framed among the Italians thus by adding Issim[o] or Issima, vnto any positiue, which must euer loose his last vowell, as, Amaríssim[o], Bẻllíssim[o], Caríssim[o], Dottíssim[o], Grandíssima, Illustríssima, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Italians haue also an other manner of speech very ordinary among them to expresse any comparison, and that is with the helpe of Di, Del, Chè, and Che n[ó]n. which must euer haue reference vnto Più, Mén[o], Mẻgli[o], or Pẻggi[o], as thus. Tu sẻi più dott[o] di mè, ma i[o] s[ó]n[o] più dabbéne di tè. I[o] ti ám[o] più del d[o]uére. Tu mi dái mén[o] del mẻrit[o]. Chi áma Di[o] più che'l m[ó]nd[o] sarà felíce. Lui cérca mén[o] la vertù che tútti i vitij, &c. But note that all these comparatiue phrases must haue but one verbe in them: For, if they haue two or more, you must then vse Che n[o]n, and neuer else, and it must euer be placed before the second verbe of the sentence, as thus, Tù sẻi più dótt[o], che n[o]n s[ó]n[o] i[o], ma i[o] fácci[o] mẻgli[o] che n[o]n fái tù. I[o] ám[o] Dí[o] mẻgli[o] che n[o]n fái tù, ẻ l'[o]ffẻnd[o] mén[o] che n[o]n fánn[o] m[ó]lti. Lui fa pẻggi[o] che n[o]n díce. Lui ẻ più ricc[o] che n[o]n siám[o] n[ó]i. And infinite others.

. . . . . . .

Note that the Italians speaking or writing to any person, whom they will seeme to respect or honour, and whom they would seeme to acknowledge their superior, they vse not to speake or write vnto him in the second person singular. Tu, or Túa, as the Latines, nor in the second person plurall V[ó]i, or Vóstra, as most nations doe, but in the third person singular, to one, as Lẻi or Súa, and in the third person plurall to many, as L[ó]r[o], And accordingly frame all the verbs to be vsed in the sentence, as for example. Súa Sign[o]ría mi tẻrrà pẻr iscusát[o], se príma n[ó]n s[ó]n[o] venút[o] a basciárle le máni, ẻ fárle riuerẻnza. I[o] mi reputerò felíce che éssa mi tẻnga nélla súa buóna grátia, c[ó]me sú[o] minim[o] sẻruit[ó]re, pẻrchè tále le farò sẻmpre. &c. Or else speaking to many. Le l[ó]r[o] Sign[o]ríe mi tẻrránno pẻr iscusát[o] se príma n[o]n s[ó]n[o] venút[o] a basciár l[ó]r[o] le máni, & fár l[o]r[o] riuerẻnza. I[o] mi reputerò felice che ésse mi tẻngan[o] nélla l[ó]r[o] buóna grátia, c[ó]me l[ó]r[o] mínim[o] sẻruit[ó]re, perchè tále vógli[o] ẻsser l[ó]r[o]. In steede of, Vóstra Sign[o]ría mi tẻrrà pẻr iscusát[o] se príma n[o]n s[ó]n[o] venút[o] a basciárui le máni, ẻ fárui riuerẻnza. I[o] mi reputerò felice che v[o]i mi teniáte nélla vóstra buóna grátia, c[ó]me vóstr[o] mínim[o] sẻruit[ó]re che vi s[ó]n[o], &c.

Of the declining of Nounes.

Note that whosoeuer can perfectly decline the Articles, and fitly appropriate them to the Nounes, may (as I haue said before, speaking of the articles) with great facility learne how to decline all Italian Nounes both Substantiues and Adiectiues: and therefore for breuity sake I haue declined and set downe but one of euery kinde and gender, which shall serue for all the rest; for, whosoeuer can decline one may also decline all.

Mas. Sing. Number. No. Il Ciẻl[o]. Il pádre. Il dúca. Ge. dél ciẻl[o]. del pádre. dél dúca. Da. al ciẻl[o]. al pádre. al dúca. Accu. il ciẻl[o]. il padre. il dúca. Vo. ó ciẻl[o]. ó pádre. ó dúca. Abl. dál ciẻl[o]. dál padre. dal dúca.

Mas. Plu. Number. No. I ciẻli. I pádri. I dúchi. Ge. dei ciẻli. dei pádri. dei dúchi. Da. ai ciẻli. ai pádri. ái dúchi. Accu. i ciẻli. i pádri. i dúchi. Vo. ó ciẻli. ó pádri. ó dúchi. Abl. dái ciẻli. dai pádri. dái dúchi.

Mas. Sing. Number. No. l'am[ó]re. l[o] Spírit[o]. Ge. dell'am[ó]re. déll[o] Spirit[o]. Da. all'am[ó]re. áll[o] Spírit[o]. Acc. l'am[ó]re. l[o] Spírit[o]. Voc. ó am[ó]re. ó Spírit[o]. Abl. dall'am[ó]re. dáll[o] Spírit[o].

Mas. Plu. Number. No. gl'am[ó]ri. gli Spíriti. Ge. dégl'am[ó]ri. dégli Spíriti. Da. agl'am[ó]ri. agli Spíriti. Accu. gl'am[ó]ri. gli Spíriti. Voc. ó am[ó]ri. ó Spíriti. Abl. dagl'am[ó]ri. dágli Spíriti.

Fem. Sing. Num. No. la tẻrra. l'ánima. Ge. délla tẻrra. déll'ánima. Da. alla tẻrra. all'ánima. Accu. la tẻrra l'ánima. Vo. ó tẻrra. ó ánima. Abl. dálla tẻrra dáll'ánima.

Fem. Plur. Num. No. le tẻrre. l'ánime. Ge. délle tẻrre. dell'ánime. Da. álle tẻrre. áll ánime. Accu. le tẻrre. l'anime. Vo. ó tẻrre. ó ánime. Abl. dálle tẻrre. dáll'ánime.

Of Pronounes in generall.

By Pronounes haue been vnderstood certaine determinate words that imply or represent a Noune, eyther of person or thing; and Grammarians haue diuided them into diuers sorts or rankes, calling some Primitiues, some Possessiues, some Deriuatiues, some Demonstratiues, some Relatiues, some Interogatiues, and some Indefinitiues.

The Primiues are, I[o], Tú, Lúi, Egli, Ei, Ess[o], Essa, of the Sing. N[ó]i, V[ó]i, L[ó]r[o], Eglin[o], Ellen[o], of the Plur.

The Possessiues are, Mí[o], Mía, Tú[o], Túa, Sú[o], Súa, of the Sing. Miẻi, Tuói, Suói, Míe, Túe, Súe, Nóstr[o], Nóstri, Nóstra, Nóstre, Vóstr[o], Vóstri, Vóstra, Vóstre, L[ó]r[o], Altrúi, of the Plu. from which are deriued cartaine bastards, and seldome vsed except in compositions, as Mò, M[o]n, Ma, Tò, Tà, Sò, as Fratẻlmò, M[o]nsign[ó]re, Madáma, Fratẻltò, &c.

The Deriuatiues are, Mi, Ti, Si, Ci, Vi; Me, Te, Se, Ce, Ve, as also, Mò, Ma, Tò, Ta, Sò, whereof more shall be said.

The Demonstratiues are, C[o]lúi, C[o]lẻi, C[o]l[ó]r[o], Quell[o], Quégli, Quélli, Quél, Quéi, Qué', Quélla, Quélle, Quésta, Quéste, Quést[o], Quésti. Est[o], Stó, Sta, Sti, Ste. C[o]stúi, C[o]stẻi, C[o]tést[o], C[o]testúi, C[o]test[ó]r[o], Ciò, Ciochè, Ess[o], Déss[o], Stéss[o].

The Relatiues are, Quále, Chè, Cui.

The Interogatiues are, Che?, Chi?, Quále?

The Indefinitiues are, Alcún[o], Altrúi, Altri, Altr[o], Cadaún[o], Ciaschedún[o], Ciascún[o], Medésim[o], Nessún[o], Niún[o], [O]gniún[o], Qualcún[o], Qualún[que], Chiúnque, Tále, Talún[o], C[o]tále, Verún[o], Stéss[o], Istéss[o].

. . . . . . .

Note that no Pronounes haue Articles ioyned vnto them, except Altrúi. Chè. Cúi. C[o]tále. Medésim[o]. Quále. Tále. and the possessiues, Mí[o]. Tú[o]. Sú[o]. Mía. Túa. Súa. Nóstr[o]. Nóstra. Vóstra. Vóstr[o]. and L[ó]r[o]. and yet all may haue the signes of the cases, Di. A. or Da. or else they could not be declined; as thus, Il medésim[o] gi[ó]rn[o] che i[o] ti c[o]n[ó]bbi, l'istéss[o] ti amái. Il tále m'hà fátt[o] mále. Il c[o]tále m'hà ferít[o]. L'amíc[o] il quále i[o] ám[o]. Il che i[o] ti m[o]strerò sẻmpre. I[o] desíder[o] l'altrúi bene, Il cúi dánn[o] n[o]n mi piáce. I cúi denári i[o] hò spesi, &c. and so all their plurals.

Note that to all the Possesiues, contrary to other Idiomes, the Italians ioyne such Articles, as the Substantiue requireth to which they are ioyned, as thus, Il mí[o] líbr[o]. I tuói fastídij s[ó]n[o] i miẻi. La mía mán[o]. Le mie bráccia. Il tú[o] pádre. Le túe disgrátie. La súa s[ó]rte. Il sú[o] giudíti[o]. Il nóstr[o] Dí[o] punísce i nóstri peccati, La vóstra lẻttera. Le vóstre fórze. Il vóstr[o] sign[ó]re. I vóstri guanti. La l[ó]r[o] f[o]rtúna. Il l[ó]r[o] fratẻll[o]. Le l[ó]r[o] sciagùre. I l[ó]r[o] maríti, &c.

Of the Pronounes deriuatiues, or as some cal them Affixes, Adiuncts, or Particles, Mi, Ti, Si, Ci, Vi, Ne, Te, Se, Ce, Ve, Ne, Mo, Ma, To, Ta, So, which are so frequent in vse, and such an ornament or grace in the Italian tongue, which because they are some what difficile, I will say something of them.

The aboue written Deriuatiues, Affixes, Adiuncts, or Particles are very worthy of great consideration for the true vse of them, which few English attaine vnto, though they haue beene in Italy, and because none that euer I saw hath yet truely written of them; therefore pardon me, I beseech your Royal Maiestie, if I seeme somewhat tedious or curious in them. They are commonly ioyned vnto Verbes, and are euer of the Datiue or Accusatiue cases, except verbs of Priuation, when they are of the Ablatiue, as before hath beene touched: as for example, Lui mi diẻde. Egli mi dísse. Ei mi c[o]n[ó]bbe ẻt súbit[o] mi prése. I[o] ti díc[o] ẻ ti m[ó]str[o], ẻ ti végg[o], ẻ ti c[o]n[ó]sc[o]. Egli si dà ad intẻndere di scusársi, ẻ s'accúsa da se stéss[o]. L[ó]r[o] si dánn[o] a crédere di n[o]n m[o]nstrársi pázzi (Of Si, more shall be said in this present Discourse.) Lui ci diẻde denári vedẻnd[o]ne giuocáre. Di[o] vi hà dáta la súa gratia acciò vi pentiáte, &c. Here remember that Ci, and Vi, are often Aduerbes of place or locall signifying Here and There, as thus, Se i[o] ci s[ó]n[o], n[o]n ci vogli[o] ẻssere. I[o] n[o]n vi andái pẻr n[o]n tr[o]uárui l'amíc[o] che pr[o]míse di ẻsserui, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note that Mi, Ti, Si, Ci, Vi, may often be changed into Me, Te, Se, Ce, Ve, and yet are euer of one same signification, the I. of which is neuer changed into E. but when any of them are ioyned or affixed vnto some one of these Articles, Il. I. L[o]. Gli. La. Le. or Ne. being an Aduerbe, and then are the Affixes of the Datiue case, and the Articles of the Accusatiue cases, as this, Lúi me l[o] m[o]strò. I[o] te l[o] diẻdi. I[o] te ne parlái. Egli se la béue. Essi se le mangiór[o]n[o] sénza pentírsene. L[ó]r[o] ce ne hánn[o] parlát[o], ẻt ce l[o] significór[o]n[o]. I[o] ce l[o] víddi. Lui ce ne diẻde, ẻt ce ne féce párte. I[o] ve l[o] tr[o]uái. Di grátia n[o]n ve ne Scordáte. N[o]n vogliáte cercárveli se n[o]n ve ne v[o]léte pentíre, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note also that all these aboue written Particles Mi. Ti. Si. Ci. Vi. Me. Te. Se. Ve. Ne. L[o]. La. and Le. may indifferently be vsed and placed eyther before or after Verbes, at the pleasure of the speaker or writer, as for example in the Datiue case, Mi piáce. Piácemi. Ti gi[ó]ua. Gi[ó]uati. Si c[o]mpiáce. C[o]mpiácesi. Ci dilẻtta. Dilẻttaci. Vi piáce. Piáceui. Si c[o]mpiáci[o]n[o]. C[o]mpiáci[o]nsi. And Accusitiuely, Mi vidde. Viddemi. Tí accúsa. Accúsati. Si m[ó]stra. M[ó]strasi. Ci áma. Ámaci. Vi truóua. Truóuaui.

But remember that if the Verbe haue an accent ouer the last vowell, as M[o]strerò, D[o]nò, Dirà, Farà, Starà, Dà, È, and that you will place the Particle after the verbe (as you may at your pleasure) the consonant of them ought euer to bee doubled, whereas before the Verbe it ought to be single, as for example, Ti m[o]strerò, M[o]strerótti, Mi d[o]nò, D[o]nómmi, Si dirà, Dirássi, Si farà, Farássi, Ci dà, Dácci, Ci ẻ del béne? Ecci del béne, Vi farò vedére, Faróuui vedére. Ve ne ẻ dauánz[o], Éuuene pur trópp[o]. Le d[o]nò il cuóre, D[o]nólle il cuóre, Se ne andò. Andóssene vía. Si trouò fuóri. Trouóssi fuóri. Le trouò che d[o]rmíuan[o]. Trouólle che d[o]rmíuan[o]. Ne dà. Dánne. Ne fà. Fánne, &c. Note withall that none of these Particles should be vsed before any Infinitiue mood, Gerond or Participle (an error wherein many Englishmen fall very often) as Mi fáre, Ti díre, Si m[o]nstrand[o], Si dicẻnd[o], Si pentít[o], Si trouát[o], Ci fáre, Ci trouáre, Vi facẻnd[o], Vi parland[o], Ne vedẻnd[o], Ne trouánd[o], &c. but you must euer say Fármi, Dírti, Fárci, Trouárci, euer losing the last vowell of the Infinitue. Dicẻnd[o]si, Facẻnd[o]si, Pentít[o]si, Trouát[o]si, Facẻnd[o]ui, Parlánd[o]vi, Vedẻnd[o]ne, Tr[o]uánd[o]ne, &c.

. . . . . . .

It is not amisse if you note that Se, is sometimes an Aduerbe of doubt, as thus, Se if, Se púre if so be that, Se però if yet as, Se tu ámi Di[o] if thou loue God, &c.

. . . . . . .

Note also that these Affixes, or Participles are sometimes vsed among good Italians for an ornament or grace of speech rather then for necessity, and ioyning many times two or three together, as for example, Egli si créde, He belieueth himselfe, or to himselfe. Tù ti pénsi, Thou thinkest thy selfe, or to thy selfe. I[o] mi ti racc[o]mánd[o], I recommend my selfe vnto thee. Tù mi ti m[o]strásti am[o]réu[o]le, Thou didst show thy selfe kinde vnto me. Egli mi si pr[o]ferì da sè, He of himselfe offered himselfe to me. I[o] mi ci fermái, I my selfe staide there. Tù ti ci facésti inc[ó]ntr[o], Thou madest thy selfe against vs. In which gracefull, elegant, and ornamentall speeches, they ought euer to end in I. and not in E. yet may they end in both after L. or R. as for example: Cálmi. Cálme. Válmi. Válme. Dármi. Dárme. Pármi. Párme. &c.

Of Si.

Be your Maiestie pleased, I humbly entreate you, if I be somewhat tedious about this Particle Si. which to all strangers seemeth a Particle so doubtfull and vncertaine, that most are therewith puzled, yea and Italians themselues are to seeke how to expresse it, or how to giue rules for it. For I could neuer yet see the Grammar that did giue me satisfaction, or that did in any sort show the true vse of it, or the diuers significations it hath, as your Highnesse may perceiue, if you compare their rules vnto mine. For if you duely consider it, eyther in writing or speaking, and withall examine the thing written or spoken of, there is no part of speech more certain, more regular, and more ornamentall, although it sometimes seeme to contrary it selfe, especially if it be ioyned vnto Verbes (as it is very often) and makes the Verbe to which it is affixed to be sometimes directly Actiue or Transitiue, and other times Passiue or Reciprocall, as indeed it is: and fauour me I beseech you, with the patience to consider these few rules, you shall finde is very easie and certaine, both how to be vnderstood, and how to be vsed.

Sì. is often an Aduerbe of swearing or affirmation, yea, yes, yea marry as thus, Sì in verità, yes in truth. Sign[o]r sì, yes, Sir. Sì veraménte, yes forsooth. &c. and then is it euer accented.

Sì. serueth often for an Aduerbe of similitude or comparison in stead of C[o]sì, in English So, As, or Thus, as for example, Huóm[o] sì c[o]rtése, sì nóbile, ẻ sì gentíle n[o]n víddi mái, A man so courteous, so noble, and thus gentle, did I neuer see, &c. and should euer be accented.

Sì. is sometimes an Aduerbe of quantity, comparatiuely, or relatiuely spoken, in liew of Tánt[o], or Quánt[o], in English As much, As well, So well, So much, hauing euer relation vnto C[ó]me or Quánt[o], as thus, Sì lui c[ó]me vn'altr[o], As much or as well he as another. Sì bene pẻr il mi[o] interẻsse quánt[o] pẻr il vóstr[o], As well, or as much for mine interesse as for yours. Or else it may be placed before Pẻr, or Pẻrchè, or Pẻr tánt[o], or, Pẻr quánt[o], as thus, Sì pẻr am[ó]r vóstr[o], c[ó]me pẻr sú[o], As much or as well for your sake as for his. Sì pẻrchè ti ám[o], quánt[o] pẻrchè tù sẻi vertu[ó]s[o], As well because I loue thee, as because thou art vertuous, &c. and should euer be accented.

Sì. hath beene vsed for a Coniunction of continuing sense or yeelding reason, in place of N[o]ndimén[o], yet or neuerthelesse, as thus, Se áltr[o] n[o]n mi vì facésse v[o]lér béne, Sì vi vógli[o] béne, pẻrchè l[o] meritáte, If nothing else should make me to wish you well, yes or neuerthelesse I will loue you because you deserue it, &c.

Sì. hath beene vsed for the Preposition Insín[o], vntill, as thus, N[ó]n si riténne di c[ó]rrere sì fù a cása di lui, he staide not his running vntill he came to his house, &c.

Si. hath beene vsed sometimes for an ornament, as thus, Andò et si gli apẻrse, et si gli disse, &c.

Si. being ioyned or affixed vnto the third person of any verbe, be it singular or plurall, or to any Infinitiue moode, or to any Gerond, or to any Participle, as it is most often, and that both before and after them, your Maiesty ought diligently to consider and obserue whether, Si, hath reference and relation vnto persons animated, or creatures hauing life, namely men or women, or otherwise vnto creatures or things dead, and hauing no life, as also vnto actions of men or women, or as a man may say, whether in speech or writing the partie be ment and vnderstood himselfe, or whether but his action, and any dead thing else; for to some one of those two must euery verbe spoken, read or written necessarily haue relation, and of one of the two al meane and vnderstand. If Si. haue relation and reference vnto persons animated and hauing or hauing had life, you shall assuredly finde the Verbe to which Si. is affixed, to be of the Actiue or Transitiue signification, and Si. to be a Pronoune Primitiue, or as some say, deriuatiue, both of the singular and plurall number, both of the Masculine and Feminine gender, and but of the Datiue or of the Accusatiue cases, signifying To him, to herselfe, to themselues, Him, her, themselues, as also sometimes, one another, as for example, Lui si dà a crédere d'ẻsser sáui[o], ẻ si stíma ẻsser' huóm[o] da béne, ẻt n[o]n si rauéde dẻ suói err[ó]ri, di che si d[o]uerẻbbe verg[o]gnáre c[o]n[o]scẻnd[o]si. That is in English, He giueth himselfe to beleeue that he is wise, and thinketh himselfe to be an honest man, and himselfe perceiueth not his owne faults, whereof he should be ashamed himself, knowing himselfe. Or thus: L[ó]r[o] si pénsan[o] ẻsser sauij, mà si ingánnan[o], They thinke themselues wise men, but they deceiue themselues. Or thus: Lui si ẻ fátt[o] mále, pensánd[o]si di fársi béne, He hath done hurt to himselfe, thinking to doe himselfe good. Or thus: L[ó]r[o] si dánn[o] a crédere d'ẻssersi feriti, They perswade themselues that they haue hurt themselues, or to haue hurt one another; for in the sense of One another it is often found. Here remember also (as I haue before touched) that Si. being affixed vnto verbs of priuation, and speaking of persons animated, it may be of some Ablatiue case, as thus, Lui si ẻ cauát[o] la máschera, He hath pulled the maske or vizard from himselfe. Or thus: L[ó]r[o] si s[ó]n[o] leuáta la libertà, They haue taken liberty from themselues, &c.

Secondly, if Si, be ioyned or affixed to any verbe, hauing relation to any dead or liuelesse thing, or to any action performed, be sure that it is a signe or inference of a passiue signification, which in English is expressed with these signes, It is, Men, Are, They, The world, Be it, or To be, namely with Infinitiues, as for example, Si díce chè le cattíue cóse n[o]n si stíman[o], It is said that euill things are not esteemed. Or thus: M[ó]lte cóse si fánn[o], che n[o]n si c[o]nuẻng[o]n[o], Many things are done that are not conuenient, &c. And so you may vnderstand it being ioyned vnto the third persons, eyther singular or plurall, of all the tences throughout the Verbe, as also with an Infinitiue mood, as thus, Quést[o] dẻbbe fársi, this thing is to be done, &c. Or with a Participle, as thus, Fátt[o]si nótte si féce ánc[o] [o]scúr[o], Night being made, darkenesse was also made, &c.

Note also as a speciall thing, that if there be two or more verbes in a sentence, and that one of them be an Infinitiue, although they be farre asunder, and that Si. be ioyned to any one, yet must it still gouerne the Infinitiue passiuely, as this, Si può manifestaménte vedére, che gli huómini si póss[o]n[o] ingannáre, It may manifestly be seene, that men may easily be deceiued, &c.

Of Ne.

The reason why so few can directly vnderstand, or truely make vse in speaking or writing of this Particle Ne, which in the Italian tongue is so often and so gracefully vsed, proceedeth of this, that as yet (as farre as I haue seene) none did euer shew directly, or rightly set down the essentiall proprietie, the certaine and distinct significations, and the vndoubted vse thereof, amusing the learner and stranger, with saying that it is but an ornament and affected grace of the tongue, and that it might well, or for the most part be spared; when if your Maiesty rightly examine the same, you shall finde it to be a most necessary, a most gracefull, and most significant part of speech: yea, and so significant, so gracefull, and so necessary, as the Italian tongue is lame, harsh, imperfect and gracelesse without it. I haue therefore as briefly as I could set downe the seuerall significations, and direct vses therof, and what it doth import, or may signifie, and without the compasse of which I would yet neuer heare, reade, or finde it. Remember therefore that Ne hath onely fiue seuerall significations, and more it cannot haue.

First Nè, is sometimes an Aduerbe of distinction, or as some count it, of deniall or refusall, and is commonly accented, and without a verb, and in the beginning of a sentence, or immediately after a Comma, signifying in English, Nor, or Neither, or thus, Nè ti s[ó]n[o] amíc[o], nè ánc[o] l[o] vógli[o] ẻssere, per chè, nè tù l[o] mẻriti, nè se ne c[o]ntẻnterẻbb[o]r[o] i miẻi amíci. I neither am thy friend, nor will I be, because neither dost thou deserue it, nor would my friends be therewith contented. Or thus, Nè quést[o], nè quéll[o] ti c[o]ncẻd[o], imperochè, nè mi ámi, nè mi puói vedére. Nor this, nor that doe I graunt to thee, for thou dost neither loue me, nor canst abide to see me, &c.

Secondly, Ne is somtimes an Aduerb local or of place, or as some cal it, a Preposition, importing In, In the, or Into, but then is the Article I. included, and somtimes apostrophed, and somtimes not, as thus, Spasseggiánd[o] ne' cámpi, m'imbattéi ne' miẻi nemíci, walking in the fields, I chanced to fal into mine enemies. Or thus, Tr[o]uánd[o]mi ne' cámpi, finding my selfe in the fieldes. Or thus, Leggẻnd[o] ne' libri, reading in the bookes, Or thus, Ne' sáuij si truóuan[o] buóni c[o]nsíglij, in wise men are good counsels found, &c.

Thirdly, Ne. being ioyned to a verbe of motion, as Andáre, Fuggíre, V[o]láre, Veníre, &c. is sometimes an Aduerbe locall or of place, signifying in English Thence, Hence, or Away, as Lui se ne ẻ andát[o]; He is gone away. I[o] me ne vád[o], I goe hence. I[o] me ne vógli[o] fuggíre, I will runne away or flie hence, Lui se ne ẻ fuggit[o], He is fled away thence or hence. V[o]lánd[o]sene via, Flying thence away. Venitéuene, Come away thence, &c.

Fourthly, Ne. serueth sometimes for the Pronoune primitiue, N[o]i, Vs, being euer of the Datiue or Accusatiue cases, except with verbes of priuation, with which it is of the Ablatiue. As for example, Vedẻnd[o]ne giuocáre lui ne diẻde denári, Seeing vs play he gaue vs money. Inc[o]ntránd[o]ne lui ne diẻde il buón gi[ó]rn[o], Meeting vs, he bade vs good morrow, with priuatiue verbes, let this example serue. Lui ne hà tólt[o] il nóstr[o] ripós[o], furát[o]ne i nóstri denári, ẻd ascóst[o]ne i nóstri béni, He hath taken from vs our rest, stolne our money from vs, and hidden our goods from vs.

Fifthly and lastly, Ne. being ioyned with a verbe doth most often and most commonly serue for an Aduerbe of quantity, or relation, signifying in English, Some, Of it, Any, Part of, There of, Of them, and sometimes, Therewith, hauing euer relation vnto the chief substantiue, mentioned, spoken of, or glanced at in the sentence, at being reciprocall vnto it, and is most elegantly and gracefully so often vsed of all the best Italians, to auoide that harshnesse or trouble of often iterating the same vpon euery occasion, and in continuance of the sense, as for example, Di grátia Sign[ó]r mi[o] se hauéte denári fátemene párte, Sign[ó]re I[o] n[o]n ne hò, se ne hauéssi, ve ne farẻi párte, quánd[o] ne hauerò, ne p[o]tréte dispórre, mi dispiáce n[o]n hauérne, víst[o] chè tánti ne hánn[o], chè n[o]n ne s[ó]n[o] degni, &c. which in English is thus. Of courtesie Sir if you haue any money, lend me some. Sir I haue none, if I had any you should haue part thereof, when I shall haue some, you may dispose of it. I am sorry I haue not any, seeing so many haue some that are not worthy of it, &c. much more might be said of the vse thereof, but I thinke this sufficient. Now let vs come vnto the verbes.

Of verbes in generall.

A Verbe is a part of speech which varieth in times; for Verbe is that which signifieth time, or sheweth variation of time, implying euer an action or working either of body or minde. Amongst all the Verbs some are vnder certaine orders, and are called Regular, some are not, and they are called Irregular. All Uerbs that maybe reduced vnder certaine orders and infallible rules, haue heretofore by the Fathers and best writers of the Italian tongue (in imitation of the Latin) beene deuided and ranged into foure squadrons by them named Coniugations.

All those of the first Squadron or Coniugation are such as in their Infinitiue moodes end in Áre. with the accent ouer the last A. as Amáre, Balláre, Cantáre, Mangiáre, Saltáre, Tagliáre, and infinite others.

All those of the second Squadron or Coniugation are those that in the Infinitiue moode end in Ére, with the accent ouer the last E. sauing one, as Hauére, Godére, P[o]ssedére, Temére, Vedére, and infinite others.

All those of the third Squadron or Coniugation are those that in their Infinitiue moodes doe likewise end in Ére. with the accent ouer the last vowell sauing two, as C[ó]rrere, Frémere, Lẻggere, Nuócere, Rídere, Strídere, Tẻssere, and infinite others.

All those of the fourth Squadron or Coniugation are those that in their Infinitiue moodes end in Íre. with the accent ouer the first vowell sauing one, as Dormíre, M[o]ríre, Nutríre, [O]bedíre, Patíre, Sentíre, Vdíre, &c.

All those Uerbes that may be reduced vnder certaine orders are called Regular, the number of which is infinite of euery Coniugation; where as those that more or lesse doe varie and estrange themselues from rules or order are called Irregular, whereof the number is but few, as shall appeare hereafter.

All Verbs be either Actiue and Transitiue, or Passiue & Reciprocall, or else Personall or Impersonall, of which we will say somewhat and of their seuerall vses: and because some tences of all verbes are coniugated either with the Participle and helpe of the Auxiliar, or as I may call it Mother-verbe, Hauére, or else with the Participle and helpe of the other Auxiliar and helping verbe Éssere. Know therefore that all Actiue or Transitiue verbs, that is to say, that passe into the subiect treated, meant, or spoken of, vse the helpe of the Auxiliar verbe Hauére, as I[o] hò veduti ẻt lẻtti m[ó]lti libri. I[o] hó trouáti póchi amíci. I[o] me l'hauéu[o] guadagnát[o] c[o]n l'árme in mán[o], &c. And the Passiue or Reciprocall verbs, that is to say, that returne vnto themselues with Mi. Ti. Si. Ci. Vi. which answere vnto I[o]. Tù. Lúi. N[ó]i. L[ó]r[o]. vse euer the helpe of the other Auxiliar verbe Éssere, as for example, I[o] mi s[ó]n[o] rallegrát[o] del tú[o] béne, ẻ tù ti sẻi dolút[o] del mí[o]. N[o]i ci siám[o] accostáti a lui, ẻ v[ó]i vi siéte verg[o]gnáti di fárl[o]. Quánd[o] l[o]r[o] si saránn[o] partíti dál mál fáre, n[o]i ci c[o]ns[o]lerém[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Note here that these two verbs, Póss[o] and Vógli[o], may be vsed and ioyned with both the Auxiliar verbs, Hauére and Éssere. The reason why I call them Auxiliar, is, because they are as helps to coniugate all other verbs both Actiue and Passiue, and I deeme them most necessary to be perfectly learned of him that is curious truly to vnderstand, rightly to speake, or exactly to write the Italian tongue, forsomuch as whosoeuer can readily coniugate Hauére, may without any doubt or difficulty (knowing but the Infinitiue moode, which is as the roote and ground of all) coniugate and frame all the rest of the verbs, both regular and irregular of the Italian tongue, except three tences, and of those three tences but one person of each: that is to say, the Present tence of the Indicatiue moode; Secondly, the first distant or vndetermined Preterperfectence of the same moode; Thirdly, the Present tence of the Optatiue moode: as by coniugating of this verbe Hauére, shall manifestly appeare, which I humbly entreate your Maiestie to learne carefully.

Of the verbe Hauére.

The Indicatiue moode or Demonstratiue manner of speech.

The Present or Deffinite tence.

Singular Number. Plurall Number.

I[o] hó. I[o] hággi[o] N[o]i habbiám[o], or hauém[o]. Tù hái. V[o]i hauéte. Lúi hà, or Egli hà. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o], or Essi hánn[o].

Of the vse, and what may be learned by this Tence.

Note that adding any Participle vnto this tence, you frame the second Certaine, Neare, or Determined Preterperfectence of the Indicatiue moode of all Actiue or Transitiue verbes, and of all coniugations, as for example.

I[o] hò amát[o], or N[ó]i hauém[o] scritt[o], or Vedút[o]. Tù hai cantát[o], fátt[o]. V[ó]i hauéte vbidít[o]. or d[o]rmít[o]. Lui hà L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] volút[o]. saltát[o], or lẻtt[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect, Doubtfull, Vnlimited, or Vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéu[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o]. Tù hauéui. V[ó]i haueuáte. Lúi hauéua. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o].

Of the vse, and what may be learned by this Tense.

First note, that adding any Participle of what verbe soeuer vnto this tence, you frame the first vncertaine, vndetermined, and very distant Preterpluperfectence of the Indicatiue moode of all Actiue or Transitiue verbes, as for example.

I[o] hauéu[o] magniát[o]. N[o]i haueuám[o] scrítt[o]. Tù hauéui vedút[o]. V[o]i haueuáte dormít[o]. Lui hauéua studiát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] saltát[o].

Secondly note, that this tence of all the verbes of the second, of the third, and of the fourth coniugation, may at the pleasure of the speaker or writer lose and leaue out the last V. in the third persons singular and plurall, as thus, Lui hauéa, Lui scriuéa, Lui dormía, L[ó]r[o] hauéan[o], L[ó]r[o] scriuéan[o], L[ó]r[o] dormían[o], as also it may lose the last vowell, or O. of the said third persons plurall; for you may also say L[ó]r[o] hauéan', L[ó]r[o] scriuéan'. L[ó]r[o] dormían, &c.

Thirdly note, that all third persons plurall of all Italian verbes must haue the accent placed vpon the last vowell sauing two, as L[ó]r[o] amáuan[o], L[ó]r[o] vedéuan[o], L[ó]r[o] scriuéuan[o], L[ó]r[o] dormíuan[o], &c. except that of the future tence of the Indicatiue, where the accent is vpon the last vowell sauing one, by reason of the double Nn. which followes the same, as L[ó]r[o] ameránn[o], L[ó]r[o] vederánn[o], L[ó]r[o] scriueránn[o], L[ó]r[o] m[o]riránn[o], &c.

Fourthly note, that knowing the termination of this tence and of this verbe alone, you may therby learne how to frame the doubtfull or vnlimited Preterimperfectence of the Indicatiue moode of all the verbes of the Italian tongue, as for example of the first Coniugation by changing the E. of this verbe Hauére, into A. as thus.

I[o] amáu[o]. I[o] saltáu[o]. N[ó]i amauám[o], or Saltauám[o]. Tù amáui. Tù saltáui. V[ó]i amauáte or saltauáte. Lui amáua. Lui saltáua. L[ó]r[o] amáuan[o], or saltáuan[o].

Of the second and third Coniugation by keeping the very same desinence or termination of this tence, and of this Verbe, as for example.

I[o] vedéu[o]. I[o] c[o]rréu[o]. N[ó]i vedeuám[o], or C[o]rreuám[o]. Tù vedéui. Tù c[o]rréui. V[ó]i vedeuáte, or C[o]rreuáte. Lui vedéua. Lui c[o]rréua. L[ó]r[o] vedéuan[o], or C[o]rréuan[o].

Of the fourth Coniugation by changing the E. into I. as for example.

I[o] dormíu[o]. I[o] patíu[o]. N[ó]i dormiuám[o], or Patiuám[o]. Tù dormíui. Tù patíui. V[ó]i dormiuáte, or Patiuáte. Lui dormíua. Lui patíua. L[ó]r[o] dormíuan[o], or Patíuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine, vndetermined, or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi. N[ó]i hauémm[o]. Tù hauẻsti. V[ó]i hauéste. Lúi hẻbbe. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o], or hẻbber'

Of the vse of this tence, and what may thereby be learned.

First note, that adding the Participle of what Verbe soeuer vnto this tence, you frame a tence, which although some Grammarians haue made no mention of, yet is so necessary, and so often vsed of good Italians, both in speaking and writing, as I am perswaded, that no man can truely speake or write without it; or that it is a second, vndoubted, most certaine and determined Preterpluperfect tence of all Actiue or Transitiue Verbes, as for example.

I[o] hẻbbi pagát[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] scrítto. Tù hauẻsti saltát[o]. V[ó]i hauéste lẻtto. Lúi hẻbbe g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] dormít[o].

_Secondly, you may learne by this tence to know, that whereas the first Preterperfect tences of the Indicatiue moode of most Italian Verbes, of the second and third coniugations are somewhat difficile, vncertaine, and irregular, that it is but in three persons, that is to say, in the first and third singular, and in the third plurall, yet are they not so vncertaine, but that if you finde only the first person singular, which doth euer end in_I, as Hẻbbi. Sẻppi. Tácqui. Nácqui. Víddi. &c. change that I. into E. and vndoubtedly you haue the third person singular, as Hẻbbe. Sẻppe. Tácque. Nácque. Vídde. _and to the third person singular adding_R[o], you haue infallibly the third person plurall, as Hẻbber[o], Sẻpper[o], Tácquer[o], Nácquer[o], Vídder[o]. &c. wheras the other three persons, to wit, the second singular, and the first and second plurall of this tence are euer regular, and keepe one certaine termination, and may be framed by the Infinitiue, as thus, Take Re, from the Infinitiue moode, and adde Sti, vnto the rest you haue the second person singular, as Hauésti, Sapésti, Tacésti, Nascésti, Vedésti, and likewise take Re. from the Infinitiue, and vnto it adde Mm[o], you haue the first person plural, as Hauémm[o], Sapémm[o], Tacémm[o], Nascémm[o], Vedémm[o]. And likewise take Re, from the Infinitiue, and thereunto adde Ste, as thus, change the last I. of the second person singular of this tence into E. you haue the second person plurall, as Hauéste, Sapéste, Tacéste, Nascéste, Vedéste. Yet remember that this tence is not so strictly vncertain but that it may for a shift be made regular, as those of the first coniugation, as thus, Hauéi, hauésti, hauétte, Hauémm[o], Hauéste, Hauétter[o], and so Tacéi, Tacésti, Tacétte, Tacémm[o], Tacéste, Tacétter[o], Godéi, Godésti, Godétte, Godémm[o], Godéste, Godétter[o], &c.

Now for your Maiesties more facility, and to know certainly what verbes of the second or third coniugation varie in this tence, I haue throughout my Dictionarie set downe next to all Infinitiues, the first person singular of this tence, as also all the participles, because they are somewhat irregular and variable, as I will shew when I come to speake of them which I haue done for the ease of such as delight in the tongue, and haue not readily Italians by to aske, or good Grammarians at hand to resolue them. As for the verbes of the first and fourth coniugations, they are almost all regular in this tence, and who knowes one, may say he knowes all, except foure of the first, and some few of the fourth; which I will note when I come to speak of irregular verbes. Of which I will say more then euer yet was said of any other.

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, neare, or determined Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hò hauút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] hauút[o]. Tù hái hauút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte hauút[o]. Lúi hà hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] hauút[o].

Of the vse, and what may be learn't by this tence.

The chiefe thing that is to be noted in this tence is this; The first, or (as I may rightly call it) distant, vncertaine, or vndertermined Preterperfect tence, Hẻbbi, or that of any other verbe, is most commonly vsed (or at least should be) in speaking of times or things gone or past, and that ended their time the present morning, wherein you speak of them.

And this second, certaine, nearer, or determined Preterperfect tence is euer vsed (or should be vsed) in speaking of times or things, hauing relation vnto, or ended in the day present, and wherein you speake: and therefore doe I call it nearer and certaine. As for example, if you demaund of me, Quánd[o] hauéte vedút[o] il tále? When saw you such a one? If I saw him this day, I must answere, I[o] l'hò vedút[o] hoggi. But if I saw him at any other time before, I must say, I[o] l[o] víddi l'áltr[o] gi[ó]rn[o], &c. And looke what is said of this tence of Hauére, the same may be said of the same tence of all other verbes, wherein English men erre so much; but indeed they may be excused, because they neuer yet saw Grammar that shewed the difference betweene them: for most make them indifferently all one.

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine, very distant, or vnderdetmined preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéu[o] hauút[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] hauút[o]. Tù hauéui hauút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte hauút[o]. Lúi hauéua hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] hauút[o].

The second, certaine, somewhat distant, or determined Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi hauút[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] hauút[o]. Tù hauésti hauút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste hauút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] hauút[o].

Of the vse of these two Tences, and what is to be obserued by them.

The chiefest thing that is to be obserued in these two Tences, is, that I[o] hẻbbi hauút[o]. I[o] hẻbbi amát[o]. I[o] hẻbbi scrítt[o]. I[o] hẻbbi vdít[o], haue euer refference vnto times and things further off, and so hapned that some other time, action or chance hath succeeded betweene: and I[o] hauéu[o] hauút[o]. I[o] hauéu[o] amát[o]. I[o] hauéu[o] scrítt[o]. I[o] hauéu[o] vdít[o], haue euer refference vnto times, actions, or chances hapned long time since, and a great distance off; which is the reason that I haue placed them vnder titles of very distant or vndetermined, and of somewhat distant or determined, by which your Maiesty may easily distinguish them, and know their differences, as thus. Quánd[o] i[o] hò mangiát[o], desíder[o] di bére, whereas I[o] hẻbbi hauút[o] answereth a time more certaine and deffinite, as thus. Quánd[o] l'hẻbbi vedút[o], di súbit[o] il c[o]n[ó]bbi, and I[o] hauéu[o] hauút[o], hath relation vnto a time or distance further off, and indeffinite, as thus. I[o] l'hauéu[o] bén vedút[o], ma n[ó]n l[o] c[o]n[o]scéu[o], &c.

Here I thinke it not impertinent to desire your Maiesty to remember, that the Participles of all the verbes of the Italian tongue, ioyned vnto any tence of what verbe soeuer, may at the discretion or choise of the speaker or writer be accommodated and referred to both numbers and genders, or as you would say more plainly, to the person speaking, or spoken of; as also to the substantiue or things meant or spoken of, as thus. I[o] hò desiderát[o] il tú[o] cómm[o]d[o]. I[o] hó desideráta la túa c[o]mm[o]dità. I[o] hò desideráti i tuói cómm[o]di. I[o] hò desideráte le túe c[o]mm[o]dità, or thus. La tua ess[o]rtati[ó]ne ha mutát[o] il mi[o] disségn[o], mutáti i miẻi disségni, mutáta la mia [o]pini[ó]ne, mutáte le mie [o]pini[ó]ni, &c. all which participles haue relation vnto the substantiue, whereas you may as well make them to haue relation vnto the person speaking, as thus, I[o] hò desiderát[o] il tù[o] cómm[o]d[o], la túa c[o]mm[o]dità, i tuói cómm[o]di, le túe c[o]mm[o]dità, or thus. La túa ess[o]rtati[ó]ne hà mutát[o] il mi[o] disségn[o], i miẻi disségni, la mia [o]pini[ó]ne, le mie [o]pini[ó]ni, &c. Yet note that the Participles ioyned vnto any tence of the other Auxiliar verbe Éssere, doe commonly agree with the Nominatiue case, as in that verbe shall appeare.

. . . . . . .

Of the future Tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò, haurò, or harò. tù hauerái, haurái, or harái. lúi hauerà, haurà, or harà.

n[ó]i hauerém[o], haurém[o], or harém[o]. v[ó]i haueréte, hauréte, or haréte. l[ó]r[o] haueránn[o], hauránn[o], or haránn[o].

Of the vse of this Tence, and what may thereby be learned.

The chiefest thing to be obserued in this Tence, is, that whosoeuer hath the terminations or last sillables of this tence of any verbe, hath also those of the future tences of all verbes of what coniugation soeuer of the Italian tongue without exception: For, all first persons singular must end in Rò with the accent ouer the last vowell, as thus. I[o] amerò, I[o] vederò, I[o] scriuerò, I[o] m[o]rirò, &c.

All second persons singular must end in Rái. with the accent ouer the last A. as Tù amarái, Tù vedrái, Tù scriuerái, Tù m[o]rirái, &c.

All third persons singular must end in Rà. with the accent ouer the last vowell, as Lúi amerà, Lúi vederà, Lúi scriuerà, Lúi m[o]rirà, &c.

All first persons plurall must end in Rém[o], with the accent ouer the last vowell sauing one, as N[o]i amerém[o]. N[o]i vedrém[o]. N[o]i scriuerém[o]. N[o]i m[o]rirém[o], &c.

All second persons plurall must end in Réte, with the accent ouer the last vowell sauing one, as V[ó]i ameréte, V[ó]i vedréte, V[ó]i scriueréte, V[ó]i m[o]riréte, &c.

All third persons plurall must end in Ránn[o], with the accent ouer the last vowell sauing one, as L[ó]r[o] ameránn[o], L[ó]r[o] vedránn[o], L[ó]r[o] scriueránn[o], L[ó]r[o] m[o]riránn[o], &c.

And so all the rest both regular and irregular; alwaies remembred that in verbes of the first coniugation, the last A. of the Infinitiue moode in this tence must be changed into E. and in steede of Amarò, Danzarái, Cantarà, Andarém[o], Saltaréte, Mangiaránn[o], the best Italians vse to say and write, Amerò, Danzerái, Canterà, Anderém[o], Salteréte, Mangieránn[o], &c. whereas all those of the second, third, and fourth coniugations doe euer keep the last vowell sauing one of the Infinitiue moode in framing of this tence, as I[o] tacerò, Tù c[o]rrerái, Lúi scriuerà, N[o]i vederém[o], V[o]i d[o]rmiréte, L[ó]r[o] m[o]riránn[o]. Yet note that the foure Irregulars of the first coniugation doe in this tence, keepe the A. of the Infinitiue moode, as Andarò. Darò. Farò. Starò. and so throughout, although the first is most times written and pronounced, Andrò, Andrái. Andrà. Andrém[o]. Andréte. Andránn[o]. loosing the middle vowell. And so are diuers verbes of the second and third coniugations vsed more often sincopated of the middle vowell, yea sometimes of a whole sillable, then not, as namely, Haurò. Berò. Tẻrrò. Sciẻrrò. Cadrò. Parrò. Potrò. Rimarrò. Varrò. Vedrò. Vorrò. C[o]ndurrò. &c. _with some others, in steede of _Hauerò. Beuerò. Tenerò. Scẻglierò. Sciorglierò. Caderò. Parerò. Poterò. Rimanerò. Valerò. Vederò. Volerò. C[o]nducerò. &c. and so throughout all the persons of this tence. I remember but one of the fourth coniugation, that is sincopated or varied in this tence, and that is in steede of I[o] m[o]rirò. &c. I[o] morrò. Tu morrái. Lui morrà. N[o]i morrém[o]. V[o]i morréte. L[o]r[o] morránn[o].

Remember also that all third persons plurall of this tence, may at the pleasure of the speaker or writer loose the last sillable N[o]. and in liew of Ameránn[o]. Vedránn[o]. Scriueránn[o], M[o]riránn[o]. They may say. Amerán'. Vedrán'. Scriuerán'. Morirán. For so much as N. is counted as a liquid.

Note also that placing the Aduerbe of time, Quánd[o], before any person of this tence, Hauerò, and the Participle of any verbe whatsoeuer, you frame and learne the Future tence of the Subiunctiue or potentiail moode of all Actiue or Transitiue verbes. As for example.

I[o] hauerò mangiát[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái danzát[o]. Lúi hauerà vedút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] scrítt[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte vdít[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] dormít[o].

As in it's due place shall more at large be shewed.

. . . . . . .

Of the Imperatiue moode or Commanding manner of speech.

Habbiám[o] n[ó]i. Hábbi tù. Habbiáte v[ó]i. Hábbia lúi. Hábbian[o] or Hábbin[o] l[ó]r[o].

Of the vse of this tence, and what may be obserued by it.

Concerning this moode no other rule can be giuen, but that it hath euer correspondency with the Present tences of of the optatiue and subiunctiue moodes, as being in a manner all one with them, sauing that the Imperatiue hath most commonly the Pronoune after the verbe, and they haue it before, except in questions, and that the Imperatiue moode wanted euer his first person singular. The terminations are all one, and therefore he that knowes the Present tence of the Optatiue of any verbe, knowes the same of the Imperatiue and Subiunctiue thereof, as elsewhere shall more particularly be showen.

Note also that Imperatiuely and in commanding wise you may liew of this tence vse the Infinitiue of any verbe speaking to an equall or inferior person, or the second person plurall of the Present tence of the Indicatiue moode, speaking to one whom you will seeme to respect with this particle, N[ó]n, before it. Whereas the English put euer the word Not, after the verbe, as for example.

N[o]n hauére a mále N[o]n habbiáte a mále. N[o]n dormíre c[o]sì tóst[o]. N[o]n dormíte c[o]sì tóst[o]. N[o]n andáre vía. N[o]n andáte via. N[o]n ti scordáre di me. N[o]n vi scordáte di me. N[o]n te ne andáre. N[o]n ve ne andáte.

With some few verbes as namely Hauére, and Volére, you must in liew of the second person plurall of the Present tence of the Indicatiue moode, vse the second person plurall of the present tence of the Optatiue moode, and say thus. N[o]n habbiáte paúra. N[o]n vogliáte partíre, &c.

Note also that the second person singular of all verbes of the first Coniugation in this tence, end euer in A. and the third in I. as for example. Ama tù. Cánta tù. Sálta tù. Mángia tù. &c. Ami lúi. Cánti lúi. Sálti lúi. Mángi lúi. &c. except the foure Irregular, as you shall perceiue in them. Whereas the second persons singular of the same tence of all verbes of the second, third, and fourth coniugations endeth euer in I. and the third in A. as for example. Védi tù. C[ó]rri tù. Lẻggi tù. Scríui tù. Dórmi tù. &c. Véda lúi. C[ó]rra lúi. Lẻgga lúi. Scríua lúi. Dórma lúi. &c. Of the three persons plurall of this tence I will speake in the Present tence of the Optatiue moode.

Of the Optatiue Mood or wishing maner of Speech.

Note first that whereas the Latins haue for a helpe or signe of the Optatiue or wishing moode the word, Vtinam: the French Dieu vueille, or Pleut á Dieu, and the English, God graunt, Would to God, Oh God that, or else, Oh that: the Italians haue in their Grammars placed these signes, Di[o] vóglia chè, Di[o] v[o]lésse chè, Piáccia a Di[o] chè, Oh Dí[o] chè. All which indeed are good and true Italian. But for as much as they are not so generally vsed as this one, Ochè, I haue therefore thoughout all this moode in all verbes vsed and placed no other signe or helpe, expressing fully as much as any of the rest, as for example:

The present or definite tence.

I[o] hábbia. N[ó]i habbiám[o]. O chè: Tù hábbi. O chè: V[ó]i habbiáte. Lúi hábbia. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o].

Of the vse, and what may be obserued in this tence.

First it is to be noted, that all three persons Sing. of this tence, of all verbs of the first Coniugation, end commonly in I. as O che i[o] ámi, Oche tù ámi. Oche lúi ámi, &c. whereas in the second and third coniugations the first and third persons end all in A. and the second in I. as thus, O chè i[o] góda. O chè tù gódi. O chè lúi góda. or Ochè i[o] scríua. Ochè tù scríui. although some make them to end all in A. which is not greatly amisse: whereas all three persons Sing. of the fourth coniugation end in A. or O chè I[o] dórma. O chè tù dórma. O chè lúi dorma, &c.

The three persons Plu. of this tence of verbes of the first coniugation, are commonly framed thus: To the first person Sing. which is Ami, adde euer Am[o], and that makes the first Plu. as Amiám[o]. Danziám[o]. Mangiám[o]. Saltiám[o], &c. To the said first person Sing. adde euer Ate, and that makes the second Plu. as Amiáte. Danziáte. Mangiáte. Saltiáte, &c. To the said first person Sing. adde euer N[o]. and that makes the third Plu. as Ámin[o]. Dánzin[o]. Mángin[o]. Sáltin[o], &c. The same rule doth serue for the verbes of the second and third Coniugations: so that you change the A. into I. or take the second person Sing. of this tence of them all, as of Gódi, or of Scríui, which make in the Plu. Godiám[o], Godiáte. Gódin[o]. Scriuiám[o]. Scriuiáte. Scríuin[o], &c. The three persons Plu. of this tence of verbs of the fourth Coniugation, are framed by adding Ám[o]. Áte. and N[o]. to the second person Sing. of the present tence of the Indicatiue mood, which euer ends in I. or thus by changing the A. of the Sing. of this tence in I. which makes Dormiám[o]. Dormiáte. Dórmin[o], &c.

Note also as an especiall thing, that whosoeuer hath the present tence of the Optatiue moode of this verbe, hath also (as hath beene said) first the Imperatiue moode, by placing the Pronoune after the verbe; Secondly he hath the present tence of the subiunctiue mood; Thirdly, only by adding any Participle vnto it, he hath the determined Preterperfect tences of the Optatiue and of the Subjunctiue moods of all actiue or transitiue verbes, as thus, I[o] hábbia amát[o]. Tù hábbi vedút[o]. Lúi hábbia scritt[o], &c. N[ó]i habbiám[o] saltát[o]. V[ó]i habbiáte lẻtt[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] dormít[o], &c. Fourthly, he hath also the future tence of the Optatiue moode of all actiue verbes, by placing this Aduerbe of time, Da qui inánzi, after the verbe, as you shall see in its place. So that whosoeuer hath this present tence, or of any verbe else, hath sixe tences, and nothing is left him to learn but the imperfect or vndetermined tence, which he may learn by this ensuing tence, which also sheweth the tence called respectiue of the subiunctive mood.

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéssi. N[ó]i hauéssim[o]. Ochè. Tù hauéssi. Ochè. V[ó]i hauéste. Lúi hauésse. L[ó]r[o] hauéssero or hauéssin[o].

Of the vse of this Tence.

First remember that who hath the terminations of this tence, hath also the same tence of all verbs of the second & third c[on]iugations (except of Éssere, as in his place shal appear) w[hich] is framed by the infinitiue moode, by leauing out the last sillable Re. and adding Ssi. for the first and second Sing. Sse. for the third Sing. Ssim[o]. for the first Plur. Ste. for the second Plur. and Sser[o]. or Ssin[o]. for the third Plur. as I[o] vedéssi. Tù sapéssi. Lúi c[o]rrésse. N[o]i godéssim[o]. V[ó]i Leggéste. L[ó]r[o] C[o]rrésser[o]. or C[o]rréssin[o]. &c. And changing the E. of this tence into A. he hath the same tence of all the verbes of the first coniugation, as thus. I[o] amássi. Tù cantássi. Lúi saltásse. N[ó]i amássim[o]. V[ó]i cantáste. L[ó]r[o] saltásser[o]. or Saltássin[o]. &c. And changing the said E. into I. he hath the same tence of all verbes of the fourth coniugation, as thus. I[o] vdíssi, Tù patíssi, Lúi dormísse, N[o]i vdíssim[o], V[o]i patíste, L[ó]r[o] dormísser[o], &c.

Secondly, note that in steede of the wishing signe, O chè, vsing, Se, chè, Benchè, Purchè, or Quánd[o], or any of them, he hath also the conditionall Preterimperfectence of the Subiunctiue moode of all verbes actiue. And putting any participle vnto it, he hath first the preterpluperfectence of the optatiue, and then the first or conditionall preterpluperfectence of the subiunctiue moode of all verbes actiue, and of all coniugations, as in their proper places may apeare.

Thirdly, note that all third person plur. of this tence may loose the last vowell O. and you may as well say, Amásser', Amássin', Hauésser', Hauéssin', Dormísser', &c. as Amásser[o], Amássin[o], Hauésser[o], Hauéssin[o], Dormísser[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or Determined tence.

I[o] hábbia hauút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] hauút[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi hauút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte hauút[o]. Lúi hábbia hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] habbin[o] hauút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterpluperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéssi hauút[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi hauút[o]. Lúi hauésse hauút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] hauút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] hauút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Future tence or time to come.

I[o] hábbia. O chè. Tù hábbi. da qui inánzi. Lúi hábbia.

N[ó]i habbiám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte. da qui inánzi. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o].

Of these three tences little neede be said, forsomuch as I haue already spoken of them in the vse of the Present tence of this verbe, to which I referre your Maiestie.

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctive, Dependent, or Potentiall moode, whose proper signes or helps, are euer, Chè, Se, Benchè, Pur chè, Acciochè or Quánd[o], without some one of which it neuer commeth, one tence excepted.

The Present or Deffinite tence whose helps or signes are, Chè, Benchè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] hábbia. N[ó]i habbiám[o]. Chè. Tù hábbi. Chè. V[ó]i habbiáte. Lúi hábbia. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] or hábbin[o].

Little neede be said of this tence because it hath been spoken of before.

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull, Dependent, or vndetermined Preterimperfectence, whose helps are, Se, Chè, Benchè, Accióche, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] hauéssi. N[ó]i hauéssim[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi. Se. V[ó]i hauéste. Lúi hauésse. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] or hauéssin[o].

. . . . . . .

The second respectiue, relatiue, or limited Preterimperfect tence, which doth euer eyther expressiuely or inclusiuely answere or regard the former, which I call conditonall or doubtfull, and hath no signe or helpe.

I[o] hauerẻi. haurẻi. harẻi. hauería. hauría. or haría.

Tù hauerésti. haurésti. or harésti.

Lúi. hauerẻbbe. haurẻbbe, harẻbbe. hauería. hauría. or haría.

N[ó]i hauerémm[o]. haurémm[o]. harémm[o]. haueríam[o]. hauríam[o], or haríam[o].

V[ó]i haueréste. hauréste, or haréste.

L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o]. haurẻbber[o]. harẻbber[o]. hauerẻbb[o]n[o]. haurẻbb[o]n[o]. harẻbb[o]n[o]. hauerían[o], haurían[o], or harían[o].

Of the necessary vse of these two tences, and what may be obserued vpon them.

These two tences are so frequent and ordinary in vse both in speaking and writing, namely of things, accidents or actions that be doubtfull, contingent, potentiall, in suspence, vncertaine, or that may be, of which men oftener vse to speake and write, then of things or actions already past, certain, determined, and undoubted. And there is such coherency and dependency betweene them, and they haue such relation and respect one to the other, that they are seldome separated or farre asunder: and if they be (as they are often) they are notwithstanding relatiuely, respectiuely, and inclusiuely meant or vnderstood. And I could yet neuer see Grammar that did directly set downe eyther the true difference betweene them, or demonstrate the right vse of them, yea most Grammarians are so simple, as they make then both one and indifferent, when the difference is most great, and the seuerall vse of them most necessary to be knowne, which is this, that the first hath euer one of these signs or helps before it, as Se, if, or if so be, Chè, that, Benchè, albeit, Acciochè to the end that, Purchè, so that, Quánd[o], when or if. And the second as hauing relations or respect & answer to the former, hath no signe at all. And that is the reason that I haue named them by their effects; the first conditionall, doubtfull, dependent or vnlimited, and the second, respectiue, relatiue, or limited. The first you shall neuer heare or fine without the second, eyther spoken, written, or specifed, though the second be sometimes written or spoken without the first, yet is it euer more meant, vnderstood, and some condition implied or included. And there is no tence in the Italian tongue, where English men commit more incongruities. And remember what is said of these two tences, the like may said of the two ensuing Preterpluperfect tences, not onely of this verbe, but of all other actiue verbes, as they that are composed of the two former, with the addition of any Participle.

Note also that knowing the termintion of the second respectiue or relatiue, you learn to frame the said tence of all other verbes, and of all coniugations, as for example, I[o] amerẻi or amería. Tù amerésti. Lui amerẻbbe or Amería. N[ó]i amerémm[o]. V[ó]i ameréste. L[ó]r[o] amerẻbber[o]. Amerẻbb[o]n[o], or amerían[o]. I[o] vederẻi, or vedería. Tù vederésti. Lui vederẻbbe or vedería. L[ó]r[o] vederẻbber[o], vederẻbb[o]n[o], or vederían[o]. I[o] leggerẻi, or leggería. Tù leggerésti. Lui leggerẻbbe, or leggería. N[ó]i leggerémm[o]. V[ó]i leggeréste. L[ó]r[o] leggerẻbber[o], leggerẻbb[o]n[o], or leggerían[o]. I[o] dormirẻi, or dormiría. Tù dormirẻsti. Lui dormirẻbbe or dormiría. N[ó]i dormirémm[o]. V[ó]i dormiréste. L[ó]r[o] dormirẻbber[o], dormirẻbb[o]n[o] or dormirían[o], &c.

Note also that all third persons plu. of this tence may both in speaking and writing lose the last vowell O. and instead of Amerẻbber[o]. Amerẻbb[o]n[o] or Amerían[o]. Vederẻbber[o]. Vederẻbb[o]n[o] or vederían[o]. Scriuerẻbber[o]. Scriuerẻbb[o]n[o], or Scriuerían[o]. M[o]rirẻbber[o]. M[o]rirẻbb[o]n[o], or M[o]rirían[o], you may at your pleasure say, Amerẻbber'. Amerẻbb[o]n'. Amerían.' Scriuerẻbber'. Scriuerẻbb[o]n'. Scriuerían'. D[o]rmirẻbber'. dormirẻbb[o]n'. dormirían'. &c.

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or determined tence, whose helps or signes are euer Chè, Benchè, Purchè, or Quándo.

I[o] hábbia hauút[o]. N[ó]i habbíam[o] hauút[o]. Che. Tu hábbi hauút[o]. Che. V[ó]i hábbiáte hauút[o]. Lúi hábbia hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] hauút[o].

The vse of this tence, and the framing thereof in all other verbes hath been spoken of before.

. . . . . . .

The first conditionall, doubtfull, dependent or determined Preterpluperfect tence, whose signes are euer Se, Chè, Benchè Purchè, or Quándo.

I[o] hauéssi hauút[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] hauút[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi hauút[o]. Se. V[ó]i hauéste hauút[o]. Lúi hauésse hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] hauút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second respectiue, relatiue or limited Preterpluperfect tence, expressiuely inclusiue, by hauing respect vnto, or answering the former, and hauing no signe at all.

I[o] hauerẻi, or hauería hauút[o]. Tù hauerésti hauút[o]. Lui hauerẻbbe, or hauería hauút[o].

N[ó]i hauerémm[o] hauút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o], or Hauerían[o] hauút[o].

For the vse of these two tences, I referre you to the two former Preterimperfect tences, from which they are composed.

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come, whose helpe is Quándo.

I[o] hauerò hauút[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái hauút[o]. Lúi hauerà hauút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] hauút[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte hauút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] hauút[o].

Of the vse of this tence.

Change but the Participle, and take that of any other verbe whatsoeuer, and you frame the same tence of all actiue or transitiue verbes, as thus, Quánd[o] i[o] hauerò mangiát[o] tù hauerái vedút[o], lúi hauerà spedít[o]. N[ó]i hauerém[o] lẻtt[o], v[ó]i haueréte c[o]rrẻtt[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] sentít[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

The present Infinitiue or vndetermined moode.

Hauére.

The past or preter Infinitiue or vndetermined mood.

Hauére hauút[o].

The future or indetermined Infinitiue moode.

Hauére ad hauére, D[o]uére hauére, Éssere per hauére.

Of the vse of these three Infinitiues, and what is to be obserued by them.

First you may learne to frame all other Infinitiues, as thus: Those of the first coniugation by changing the middle E. of this into A. with the accent euer vpon the last A. as Amáre, Balláre Cantáre, Danzáre, Mangiáre, &c.

Those of the second coniugation, by keeping the termination of this verbe, with the accent vpon the last E. sauing one, as thus, Cadére, Vedére, Godére, Parére, Tacére, &c.

Those of the third coniugation by keeping the termination of this verbe, with the accent ouer the last vowell sauing two, as thus, C[ó]rrere, Lẻggere, Estóllere, Nuócere, Náscere, Scríuere, &c.

Those of the fourth coniugation by changing the middle E. of this Verbe into I. with the accent ouer the said I. as thus, Dormíre, M[o]ríre, Patíre, S[o]ffríre, Vbidíre. Veníre, &c.

Secondly note, that to frame the future infinitiue of any verbe, you must take the Infinitiue present of this verbe Hauére, and before any other Infinitiue beginning with a vowell, ioyne Ad. and before a consonant A. as thus. Hauére ad amáre. Hauére a scríuere. or else take the Infinitiue D[o]uére or Éssere pẻr, and place them before any other Infinitiue present, as thus. Hauére ad amáre. D[o]uére amáre. or else Éssere pẻr amáre. Hauére a scríuere. D[o]uére scríuere. Ésser pẻr scríuere. and so of all the rest.

Note also that all Infinitiues may at the pleasure of the speaker or writer loose the last vowell E. and in steede of Amáre, Godére, C[ó]rrere, or Dormíre, you may say, Amár', Godér', C[ó]rrer', or Dormír', &c.

Note also that all Infinitiue moodes may be made substantiues (as among nounes hath beene said) which admit no Article but the Masculine, agreeing with Nounes, with Verbs, with indeclinable parts, and with all cases, as for example, L'amáre ẻ cósa naturále. Il fáre béne ẻ laudábile. Il tú[o] descináre mi c[ó]sta cár[o]. Il trópp[o] dormíre n[o]n ẻ sán[o]. In vn báttere d'ócchi[o], &c. all which Nounes or manner of speech the English expresse very elegantly with a gerond, as thus. Louing is a naturall thing. Doing good is commendable. Thy dinner or dining cost me deare. Too much sleeping is not wholesome. In the twinkeling of an eye &c.

Note also that certain Infinitiues of the third coniugation doe in the midst of them sometimes loose a letter and sometime a sillable, whereby they become irregular not only in the Infinitiue, but also in the Future tence of the Indicatiue, and in the second or respectiue Inperfectence of the subiunctiue moode, as also many times in the Participle. As for example, Sciógliere, maketh, Sciórre, Sciorrò, Sciorrẻi, and Sciólt[o], Scẻgliere, maketh, Sciẻrre, Sciẻrrò, Sciẻrrẻi, Sciẻlt[o], Tógliere, maketh, Tórre, Torrò, Torrẻi, Tólt[o], Béuere, maketh, Bére, Berrò, Berrẻi, Beút[o], Ponere, maketh, Pórre, Porrò, Porrẻi, Póst[o], with all his compounds, as C[o]mpórre, Dispórre, Frapórre, Espórre, [O]ppórre, &c. Dúcere, makes, Dúrre, Durrò, Durrẻi, Dútt[o], with all his compounds, as Addúrre, C[o]ndúrre, Dedúrre, Pr[o]dúrre, Ridúrre, Sedúrre, Tradúrre, &c. Fácere, maketh, Fáre, Farò, Farẻi, Fátt[o], with all his compounds, as C[o]nfáre, Disfáre, &c. and so becommeth of the first coniugation: Dícere, maketh, Díre, Dirò, Dirẻi, Détt[o], with all his compounds, as Disdíre, Ridíre, &c. and becommeth of the fourth coniugation.

Note also that the Italians haue a great liberty and facility to frame certaine verbes of the first coniugation, whereby they may elegantly declare, forcibly expresse, and significiently inforce the quality, action, condition, or the nature of any thing, person or creature, which is by adding, ggiáre, or záre vnto any Noune (alwaies prouided it end in E.) be it of Person, Office, Beast, Bird, or any thing else aliue or dead. As for example. Caneggiáre, to play the Dog. Carneualeggiáre, to Shroue. Nataleggiáre, to keep Christmasse. Li[o]neggiáre, to play the Lyon. D[o]tt[o]reggiáre, to play the Doctor. Villeggiáre, to liue in the Countrey. Pasqueggiáre, to keepe Easter. Porcheggiáre, to play the Swine or wallow in filth. Pasteggiáre, to fare well as if one were still eating of pasties. Vaccheggiáre, to play the Kow or sensuall beast. Vesc[o]ueggiáre, to play the Bishop or idle Prelate. V[o]lpeggiáre, to play the Foxe or crafty companion, and so infinite others which a man may frame at his pleasure or humour.

Note also that the Italians make some verbes end in Acchiáre, which are spoken either in ill part and derision, or else in signe of pouerty and compassion, as Viuacchiáre, to liue poorely, as we say to rub out the world. Scriuacchiáre, to scribble simply or write foolishly. S[o]nnacchiáre, to slumber or not to sleep soundly. Pacchiáre, to feede like a Hog, or play the Hog. Basciucchiáre, to kisse smackingly or slouenly. Stiracchiáre, to wrest in ill part, and infinite others as pleaseth mans fansie.

. . . . . . .

Of the Participle, which is as an act, effect or performance of the Verbe.

The present or neare participle.

Hauút[o], or Haút[o].

The past or distant participle.

Hauére hauút[o].

Of the vse of these Participles.

First note that all participles of verbes of the first coniugation must end in At[o]. and you may frame them by taking Re. from the Infinitiue, and in steede of it put To. vnto it, with the accent ouer the last A. as Amát[o]. Ballát[o]. Cantát[o]. Mangiát[o]. &c. except that of Fáre, which makes Fátt[o].

Note also that some haue vsed the first person singular of the Indicatiue moode for a participle of some verbes (and it is tollerable) as C[ó]mpr[o]. M[ó]zz[o]. Pést[o]. S[ó]lc[o]. T[ó]cc[o]. &c. in place of C[o]mprát[o]. M[o]zzát[o]. Pestát[o]. S[o]lcát[o], T[o]ccát[o]. &c.

Note that the participles of the second and third coniugation (nothwithstanding all variations) doe generally end in V´t[o], and may be framed by taking Ere. from the Infinitiue, and putting V´t[o] vnto the same with the accent ouer the V´. yea there are many verbes that haue no other, as Dolút[o], Godút[o], Hauút[o], Nociút[o], Pasciút[o], P[o]ssedút[o], Taciút[o], Tẻssút[o], &c. as also, Parút[o], Vedút[o], Piangiút[o], Nasciút[o], &c. For Párs[o], Víst[o], Piánt[o], Nát[o], &c. whose variations, and which of them is most in vse, are euery one set downe in my Dictionaire, ioyned vnto the Infinitiue, and here vnder among the Irregular verbes: indeede there are some of the third coniugation that haue altogether lost their ending in V´t[o], as Cínt[o], Dútt[o], Circ[o]ncís[o], Cólt[o], Cótt[o], Dipínt[o], Decís[o], Fínt[o], Póst[o], R[ó]tt[o], Sciẻlt[o], Sciólt[o], Tínt[o], Vccís[o], &c. of Cíngere, Dúrre, or Dúcere, Circ[o]ncídere, Cógliere, Cuócere, Dipíngere, Decídere, Fíngere, Pónere, or Pórre, R[ó]mpere, Sciẻgliere, or Sciẻrre, Sciógliere, or Sciorre, Tíngere, Vccídere, &c. except Éssere, which makes Stát[o]. although some haue vsed Sút[o]. but more in verse then in prose, Fáre sincopated of Fácere, makes Fátt[o], Díre, of Dícere, makes Détt[o], &c.

The Participles of the fourth coniugation end commonly in Ít[o]. with the accent ouer the last vowell except Attónit[o], which hath it vpon the last sauing two, as Add[o]lcít[o], Fallít[o], Dormít[o], Fastidít[o], Patít[o], Vbidít[o], Vscít[o], Vdít[o], &c. of Add[o]lcíre, Dormíre, Fallíre, Fastidíre, Patíre, Vbidíre, Vdíre, Vscíre, &c. Apríre, C[o]nuẻrtíre, C[o]príre, Moríre, S[o]ffríre, make Apẻrt[o], C[o]nuers[o], C[o]pert[o], Mórt[o], S[o]ffert[o], for you may not say, Aprít[o], C[o]prít[o], Morít[o], S[o]ffrít[o], although C[o]nuẻrtit[o] be sometimes vsed, &c.

Note that ioyning any Participle vnto Hauére, you frame the past Participle of all verbes actiue, as Hauére amát[o]. Hauére godút[o]. Hauére scrítt[o]. Hauére vdít[o]. &c. Concerning the Participles ending in Ánte. or Énte. whereof the Latines are so well stored, the Italians make but little vse of them, and may well spare them; for, it were but harsh and vnused Italian to say, Beát[o] il temẻnte Iddí[o], ẻ credẻnte álla súa paróla, ẻ speránte nélle súe promésse, or thus. I[o] víddi ún[o] saltánte c[ó]me vn párd[o]. A good Italian will rather say Beát[o] chi téme Dí[o], ẻ créde álla súa paróla, ẻ spẻra nélle súe pr[o]mésse, and I[o] víddi vn[o] chè saltáua c[ó]me vn párd[o], &c. Of the variation, of the vse, or diuersly accommodating of Participles, as either vnto the party speaking, spoken of, spoken vnto, thing meant or mentioned, hath already beene spoken in the Indicatiue of this verbe.

. . . . . . .

Of the Gerond or signe of the acting or dependant doing of the verbe.

The present or neare Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o].

The past or distant Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] hauút[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] ad hauére, D[o]uẻnd[o] hauére, Essẻnd[o] pẻr hauére.

Of the vse of these Geronds.

Note that all Geronds of the first coniugation must end in Ánd[o]. as Amánd[o], Cantánd[o], Mangiánd[o], of Amáre, Cantáre, Mangiáre, &c. with the accent euer ouer the last vowell sauing one, except that of Fáre, which makes Facẻnd[o].

Those of the second, third, and fourth coniugation ought euer to end in Énd[o]. as Vedẻnd[o]. Tacẻnd[o]. Leggẻnd[o]. Scriuẻnd[o]. Dormẻnd[o]. Morẻndo. &c. The E. being pronounced open.

The past Geronds of all verbes actiue are framed by adding any present participle vnto Hauẻnd[o], as Hauẻnd[o] amát[o]. Hauẻnd[o] g[o]dút[o]. Hauẻnd[o] scrítt[o]. Hauẻnd[o] dormít[o], &c. and all past Geronds of verbes passiue are framed by adding any present participle vnto, Essẻnd[o]. as Essẻnd[o] amát[o]. Essẻnd[o] ferít[o]. Essẻnd[o] vedút[o]. Essẻnd[o] tẻssút[o], &c.

Note that the Italians doe many time in expressing the past Gerond, leaue the helpe of Hauẻnd[o] in actiue verbes, and of Essẻnd[o] in passiue verbes, vsing in place of them both in speaking and writing only the present Participle, placing it in the beginning of the sentence, as thus, Hauút[o] il mi[o] libr[o] me ne andái á scuóla. Fátta c[o]lati[ó]ne i[o] vád[o] á spáss[o]. Stát[o] a R[ó]ma trè mési me ne t[o]rnái á cása. Which is as good as to say, Hauẻnd[o] hauút[o] il mi[o] líbr[o] me ne andái a scuóla. Hauẻnd[o] fátta c[o]lati[ó]ne i[o] vád[o] a spáss[o], or Essẻnd[o] stát[o] a R[ó]ma trè mesi me ne t[o]rnái a cása, &c.

Note that all future Geronds may be framed by adding any Infinitiue moode vnto, Hauẻnd[o] ad, before a vowell, or Hauẻnd[o] a, before a consonant, or else, D[o]uẻnd[o], or else, Esẻnd[o] per, as thus, Hauẻnd[o] ad amáre. Hauẻnd[o] a lẻggere. Hauẻnd[o] a scríuere. D[o]uẻnd[o] g[o]dére. D[o]uẻnd[o] mangiáre. D[o]uẻnd[o] moríre. Essẻnd[o] pẻr vdíre. Essẻnd[o] pẻr partíre. Essẻnd[o] pẻr vedére, and so of all others.

Pardon me, I beseech you Maiesty, if I haue beene somewhat ouer-long about this verbe, of which much more might be said: the necessity of it is such as no man can truely speake or write Italian without it, and knowing this verbe perfectly, he may boldy assume to know and frame all other verbes.

Of the second Auxiliare and most necessary verb Éssere.

Forasmuch as this verbe Éssere is irregular, and yet as necessary and of as much vse for coniugating of passiue verbes in the Italian tongue, as Hauére is for actiues, I haue therefore set it downe, and how it ought to be vsed, as also what vse may be made of it, both in speaking and writing, and according to the method vsed in Hauére, for the naming of tences; the rather for that it is most absurdly and falsly set downe in all the Grammars that are seen in England, desiring your Maiesty to make Hauére your rule, and directorie for names of moodes and tences, for the vse and difference of them, as also for the helpes and signes to them.

The Indicatiue or Demonstratiue moode.

The present or definitiue tence.

I[o] s[ó]n[o], or s[o]n'. N[ó]i siám[o], or sém[o]. Tù sẻi, or sẻ'. V[ó]i séte. Lúi ẻ. L[ó]r[o] s[ó]n[o], or s[o]n'.

Of the vse of this tence.

Note that adding any Participle vnto it, you frame the second Gerond or determined Preterperfect tence of the Indicatiue mood of all passiue verbes, as I[o] s[ó]n[o] amát[o], Tù sẻi vedút[o]. Lúi ẻ scrít[o]. N[ó]i siám[o] andáti. V[ó]i séte pasciúti. L[ó]r[o] s[ó]n[o] scrítti, &c.

. . . . . . .

The doubtfull Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] ẻr[o]. N[ó]i ẻrauám[o]. Tù ẻri. V[ó]i ẻrauáte. Lúi ẻra. L[ó]r[o] ẻran[o] or ẻran'.

Of the vse of this tence.

Note that adding any Participle vnto this tence, and you frame the first vncertaine and very distant Preterpluperfect tence of the Indicatiue mood of passiue verbes, as thus, I[o] ẻr[o] amát[o]. Tú ẻri vedút[o]. Lúi ẻra ferít[o]. N[ó]i ẻrauám[o] andáti. Vói ẻrauáte pasciúti. L[ó]r[o] ẻran[o] scrítti,&c.

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] fúi. Tú f[ó]sti, or fústi. Lúi fù, or fúe.

N[ó]i fúmm[o]. V[ó]i f[ó]ste, or fúste. L[ó]r[o] fúr[o]n[o], fúr[o]n, fúrn[o], or fúr[o].

Of the vse of this Tence.

Note that adding any Particle vnto this Tence, you frame the second, most certaine and but somwhat distant Preterpluperfect tence of the Indicatiue mood of all passiue Verbes, as for example, I[o] fúi amát[o], tù f[ó]sti vedút[o]. Lui fù ferít[o]. N[ó]i fúmm[o] andáti. V[ó]i f[ó]ste scrítti. L[ó]r[o] fúr[o]n[o] pasciúti, &c.

. . . . . . .

The second, neare, or determined Preterperfect tence.

I[o] s[ó]n[o] stát[o]. N[ó]i siám[o] stati. Tù sẻi stát[o]. V[ó]i séte státi. Lúi ẻ stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] s[ó]n[o] státi.

Note here that the Participles of this Verbe, which are Stát[o] or Sút[o], vary not as that of Hauére, but doth euer agree with the Nominatiue case, as for example, Il vẻcchi[o] ẻ stát[o] ingannát[o]. La dónna ẻ státa ingrauidáta. Gli ingánni s[ó]n[o] státi sc[o]pẻrti. Le Amaz[ó]ne s[ó]n[o] státe dónne bẻllic[o]se, &c. Sút[o] may passe for a neede, but I haue seldome seene it in good authors, and that rather in verse then prose.

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or very distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] ẻr[o] stát[o]. N[ó]i ẻrauám[o] státi. Tù ẻri stát[o]. V[ó]i ẻrauáte státi. Lúi ẻra stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] ẻran[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, or but somewhat distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] fúi stát[o]. N[ó]i fúmm[o] státi. Tù f[ó]sti stát[o]. V[ó]i f[ó]ste státi. Lúi fù stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] fúr[o]n[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The future tence, or time to come.

I[o] sarò or sía. N[ó]i sarém[o]. Tù sarái. V[ó]i saréte. Lúi sarà, sía, or síe. L[ó]r[o] saránn[o] or sían[o].

Of the vse of this tence.

Note that placing Quánd[o] before any person of this tence, and any Participle after it, you frame the future tence of the subjunctiue or potentiall moode of all Verbes passiue, as for example, Quánd[o] i[o] saró amát[o]. Quánd[o] tù sarái vedút[o]. Quánd[o] lúi sarà ferít[o]. Quánd[o] n[ó]i sarém[o] pasciúti. Quánd[o] v[ó]i saréte fuggíti. Quánd[o] l[ó]r[o] saránn[o] rit[o]rnáti. &c.

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue or commanding moode.

Siám[o] n[ó]i. Sij, síe, or sía tù. Siáte v[ó]i. Sía Lúi. Sían[o] or Síen[o] l[o]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The Optatiue moode or wishing manner of speech.

The Present or definite tence.

I[o] Sía. O chè. Tù Síj, Sía or Síe. Lúi Sía or Síe.

N[ó]i Siám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i Siáte. L[ó]r[o] Sían[o] or Síen[o].

Of the vse of this tence.

Note that hauing this tence perfectly, you haue besides this, first the Imperatiue moode: Secondly the Present tence of the Subjunctiue moode, and placing beside it, Quánd[o], and after it, Da qui innánzi, the future tence of the Optatiue, then added a participle thereunto, and obseruing their signes, you haue the two determined Preterprefectences of the Optatiue and Subjunctiue moodes of all Passiue or Reciprocall verbes, as in their places you may obserue.

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] f[ó]ssi, or fússi. O chè. Tù f[ó]ssi, or fússi. Lúi f[ó]sse, or fússe.

N[ó]i f[ó]ssimo, or fússim[o]. O chè. V[ó]i f[ó]ste, or fúste. L[ó]r[o] f[ó]sser[o], or fússer[o].

Of the vse of this tence.

Note that adding any Participle vnto this tence, you haue first the Preterpluperfectence of the Optatiue, and secondly the first Conditionall or Dependent Preterpluperfectence of the Subjunctiue moode of all verbes Passiue, and of all coniugations, as in their due places may appeare.

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or Determined tence.

I[o] sia stát[o]. N[ó]i siám[o] státi. O chè. Tù sij stát[o]. O chè. V[ó]i siáte státi. Lúi sia stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] sían[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The preterpluperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] f[ó]ssi stát[o]. N[ó]i f[ó]ssim[o] státi. O chè. Tù f[ó]ssi stát[o]. O chè. V[ó]i f[ó]ste státi. Lúi f[ó]sse stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] f[ó]sser[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] sía. O chè. Tù síj. da qui inánzi. Lúi sía.

N[ó]i siám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i siáte. da qui inánzi. L[ó]r[o] sían[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue Dependent or potentiall moode, whose proper signes or helps are euer, Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciòchè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

The Present or Deffinite tence, whose signes are, Chè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] sia. N[ó]i siám[o]. Chè. Tù síj. Chè. V[ó]i siáte. Lúi sía. L[ó]r[o] sían[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull, Dependent, or Vndetermined preterimperfectence, whose signes are, Sè, Chè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] f[ó]ssi. N[ó]i f[ó]ssim[o]. Se. Tù f[ó]ssi. Se. V[ó]i f[ó]ste. Lúi f[ó]sse. L[ó]r[o] f[ó]sser[o].

The second Respectiue, Relatiue, or limited Preterimperfectence, which euer answereth the former or Conditionall, and hath no signe or helpe.

I[o] Sarẻi, saría or Fóra. Tù sarésti. Lúi sarẻbbe, saría, or Fóra.

N[ó]i Sarémm[o]. V[ó]i saréste. L[ó]r[o] sarẻbber[o], sarẻbb[o]n[o], sarían[o], or Fóran[o].

The vse of this tence.

Note that adding any participle to this tence you frame the second respectiue or Relatiue and limited Preterpluperfectence of the Subiunctiue moode of all verbes passiue, the true difference and vse whereof you may learne by that of the verbe, Hauére, &c. and that Fóra, and Fóran[o], are not much vsed in prose.

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or Determined tence, whose helps and signes are, Chè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] sía stát[o]. N[ó]i siám[o] státi. Chè. Tù sij stát[o]. Chè. V[ó]i siáte státi. Lúi sía stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] sían[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Dependent, or Doubtfull Preterpluperfectence, whose helps are, Se, Chè, Benchè, Purchè, Acci[o]chè, or Quánd[o].

I[o] f[ó]ssi stát[o]. N[ó]i f[ó]ssim[o] státi. Se. Tù f[ó]ssi stát[o]. Se. V[ó]i f[ó]ste státi. Lúi f[ó]sse stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] f[ó]sser[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The Second Respectiue or Relatiue Preterpluperfectence, answering the first or conditionall.

I[o] sarẻi stát[o]. N[ó]i sarémm[o] státi. Tù saresti stát[o]. V[ó]i saréste státi. Lúi sarẻbbe stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] sarẻbber[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come, whose helpe is,

I[o] sarò stát[o]. N[ó]i sarém[o] státi. Quánd[o]. Tú sarài stát[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i saréte státi. Lúi sarà stát[o]. L[ó]r[o] saránn[o] státi.

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue or vndetermined moode.

Éssere.

The past or preter Infinitiue moode.

Éssere stát[o] or sút[o].

The future Infinitiue moode.

Éssere pẻr ẻssere. D[o]uér' ẻssere. Hauére ad ẻssere.

The present Participle.

Stát[o], or else Sút[o].

The past participle.

Éssere stát[o] or Sút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Gerond.

Essẻnd[o].

The past Gerond.

Essẻndo stát[o], or Sút[o].

The future Gerond.

Essẻnd[o] Pẻr ẻssere. D[o]uẻnd[o] ẻssere. Hauẻnd[o] ad ẻssere.

. . . . . . .

Of the vse, and what may be obserued by this most necessary verbe Essere.

Note that adding any Participle to any Tence or Person of this verbe, you frame the said tence or person of any Passiue or reciprocall verbe, as by these following examples may appeare. I[o] s[ó]n[o] amát[o]. I[o] ẻr[o] andát[o]. I[o] fúi pẻrsuás[o]. I[o] S[ó]n[o] stát[o] m[o]lestát[o]. I[o] fúi stát[o] vedút[o]. I[o] ẻr[o] stát[o] ingannát[o]. I[o] sarò ẻlẻtt[o]. Sij tù ẻssaltát[o]. O chè i[o] sía pẻrd[o]nát[o]. O chè i[o] f[ó]ssi accẻttát[o]. O chè i[o] sía stát[o] ricordát[o]. O chè i[o] f[ó]ssi stat[o] insegnát[o]. O chè i[o] sía riceuút[o] da quà innanzi. Chè, Benchè, Acciochè, or Purchè i[o] sia rimandát[o]. Se i[o] f[o]ssi riméss[o] in grátia, I[o] sarẻi f[o]ortunát[o] apién[o]. Che i[o] sia stát[o] essaudít[o]. Se i[o] f[ó]ssi stát[o] auuẻrtít[o], I[o] sarẻi stát[o] vdit[o]. Quánd[o] i[o] sarò stát[o] guarít[o]. Essere ferít[o]. Essere stát[o] instrútt[o]. Hauére ad éssere legát[o]. D[o]uére ẻssere raccólt[o]. Éssere pẻr ẻsser castigát[o]. Stát[o] pẻrseguitát[o]. Sút[o] mál menát[o]. Éssẻnd[o] c[o]nd[ó]tt[o]. Essẻnd[o] pẻr ẻsser circ[o]ncís[o]. D[o]uẻnd[o] ẻssere pasciút[o]. Hauẻnd[o] ad ẻsser n[o]drít[o].

How the Participle of this verbe is to be vsed, hath bene declared before in the second or determined Preterperfectence of the Indicatiue, and examples giuen. And after this manner may all other passiue verbes be framed and coniugated.

Note also that the Italians haue another way to frame passiue verbes, which is by adding, Si, either before or after the third persons singular or plurall of any verbes, alwaies remembred that you speake of or haue relation vnto things dead, as before hath bene touched speaking of the Particle, Si. as for example. Si áma. Ámasi. Si áman[o]. Ámansi. Si véde. Védesi. Si végg[o]n[o]. Végg[o]nsi. Si scríue. Scríuesi. Si scríu[o]n[o]. Scríu[o]nsi. Si óde. Ódesi. Si ód[o]n[o]. Ódonsi. Si amáua. Amáuasi. Si amáuan[o]. Amauánsi. Si amò. Amóssi. Si amór[o]n[o]. Amór[o]nsi. Si ẻ amat[o]. Éssi amát[o]. Si s[ó]n[o] amáti. Si fù amát[o]. Si fúr[o]n[o] amáti. Si amerà. Amerassi. Si amerànno. Ámisi. Áminsi. O che si ámi. O che si amásse. Se si amásse. Si amerẻbbe. Amerẻbbesi. Purche si sia amát[o]. Se si f[ó]sse amát[o]. Si sarẻbbe amat[o]. Quánd[o] si sarà amát[o]. Amársi. Essersi amat[o], amáti, amáta or amáte, according to the Genders or Numbers not onely in this, but in all other tences. Essend[o]si amát[o]. D[o]uẻnd[o]si amáre. Amát[o]si. And after this manner are many impersonall verbes to be coniugated.

Of Impersonall verbes.

The precedent passiue verbes seeme to be verie like Impersonals, and to haue sone affinitie with them, both because they are framed after one manner with the adiunct of the Particle, Si, eyther before or after; as also because they haue onely the third persons. But they are easie to be knowne by their signification, which euer differs in construction and is alwaies without the Nominatiue case, as also by the number which is euer singular. They haue bene deuided into Actiue and Passiue impersonals. The chiefest Actiue are these. Si appartiéne. Appartiénsi. Si c[o]nuiéne, or C[o]nuiénsi. Si dẻbbe. Dẻbbesi. Si díce. Dícesi. Si disdíce. Disdícesi. Si c[o]nfà. c[o]nfássi. Si può. Puóssi. Si cérca. Cércasi. Si vuóle. Vuólsi, Vsed passiuely by Dánte when he said, Vuólsi così lassù d[ó]ue si puóte quél ché si vuóle.

All which may be vsed passiuely, as thus, Acc[o]nuiénsi a n[ó]i L'ẻsser m[o]dẻsti; or N[o]n si dẻbbe fár c[o]sì. &c. Some there be that may be vsed without. Si, as thus. Accáde. Auuiéne. Bis[ó]gna. Cále. Duóle. Incrésce. Interuiẻne. Lice. [O]cc[ó]rre. S[o]uuiéne. T[ó]cca, &c. Some haue only the third person singular, and no part else, as these. Égli f[ó]lg[o]ra. Égli lampéggia. Égli néuega. Égli néua. Égli pióue Égli tuóna. Which among some Poets haue also bene vsed personally, as, Dà bẻgl'ócchij vn piacér si cáld[ó] pióue, or thus: Pióuonmi amáre lágrime dál vis[o]. How the Impersonall Passiues be coniugated, hath bene shewed in, Si áma. Si véde. Si scríue, &c.

Of the Auxiliare verbes v[o]lére. P[o]tére and D[o]uére.

For as much as the verbes v[o]lére, P[o]tére, and D[o]uére are verbes much in vse, and most necessary to be knowne, as being also Auxiliare verbes, I haue thought it conuenient to set downe the true coniugating of them.

The Indicatiue Moode or Demonstratiue manner of speech. The Present or Deffinite Tence.

I[o] vò or vógli[o]. Tù vuói or vuóli. Lúi vuóle or vuól'.

N[ó]i v[o]lém[o] or vogliám[o]. V[ó]i v[o]léte. L[ó]r[o] vógli[o]n[o] or vógli[o]n'.

. . . . . . .

The Doubtfull or Indefinite Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] v[o]léu[o]. N[ó]i v[o]leuám[o]. Tù v[o]léui. V[ó]i v[o]leuáte. Lúi v[o]léua. L[ó]r[o] Voléuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] vólli or vólsi. N[ó]i v[o]lémm[o]. Tù v[o]lésti. V[ó]i v[o]léste. Lúi vólle or vólse. L[ó]r[o] vóller[o] or vólser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Certaine or Neere Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hò v[o]lút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] v[o]lút[o]. Tù hái v[o]lút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hà v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine or very distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéu[o] v[o]lút[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] v[o]lút[o]. Tù hauéui v[o]lút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hauéua v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Certaine or Neere Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi v[o]lút[o]. N[ó]i hauémmo v[o]lút[o]. Tù hauẻsti v[o]lút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence or time to Come.

I[o] vorrò. N[ó]i vorrém[o]. Tù vorrái. V[ó]i vorréte. Lúi vorrà. L[ó]r[o] vorránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue or commanding manner of Speech.

Vogliám[o] n[ó]i. Vógli tù. Vogliáte v[ó]i. Vóglia lúi. Vóglian[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The optatiue Moode or wishing manner of Speech.

The present or Definite tence.

I[o] vóglia. N[ó]i vogliám[o]. O chè. Tù vóglia. O chè. V[ó]i vogliáte. Lúi vóglia. L[ó]r[o] vóglian[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined Tence.

I[o] v[o]léssi. N[ó]i v[o]léssim[o]. O chè. Tù v[o]léssi. O chè. V[ó]i v[o]lésse. Lúi v[o]lésse. L[ó]r[o] v[o]lésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or determined Tence.

I[o] hábbia v[o]lút[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hábbia v[o]lút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] v[o]lút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterpluperfect, or vndetermined Tence.

I[o] hauéssi v[o]lút[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hauésse v[o]lút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] v[o]lút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéssero v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence or time to Come.

I[o] vóglia. O chè. Tù vóglia. da quà innánzi. Lúi vóglia.

N[ó]i vogliám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i vogliáte. da quà innanzi. L[ó]r[o] vóglian[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue dependant, or Potentiall Moode, whose signes are Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

The Present, or deffinite Tence.

I[o] vóglia. N[ó]i vogliám[o]. O chè. Tù vóglia. O chè. V[ó]i vogliáte. Lúi vóglia. L[ó]r[o] vóglian[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, conditionall, dependent, or doubtfull Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] v[o]léssi. N[ó]i v[o]léssim[o]. Se. Tù v[o]léssi. Se. V[ó]i v[o]léste. Lúi v[o]lésse. L[ó]r[o] v[o]lésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respectiue, or limited preterimperfect tence.

I[o] vorrẻi or vorría. Tù vorrésti. Lúi vorrébbe or vorría.

N[ó]i vorrémm[o]. V[ó]i vorréste. L[ó]r[o] vorrẻbber[o] or vorrían[o].

. . . . . . .

The preterperfect or determined tence.

I[o] hábbia v[o]lút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] v[o]lút[o]. Chè. Tù hábbi v[o]lút[o]. Chè. V[ó]i habbiáte v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hábbia v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, conditionall, or doubtfull preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéssi v[o]lút[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] v[o]lút[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi v[o]lút[o]. Se. V[ó]i hauésse v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hauésse v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respectiue, relatiue, or limited preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauerẻi v[o]lút[o]. Tù hauerésti v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe v[o]lút[o].

N[ó]i hauerémm[o] v[o]lút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò v[o]lút[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái v[o]lút[o]. Lúi hauerà v[o]lút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] v[o]lút[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte v[o]lút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue moode.

V[o]lére.

The past or preter Infinitiue moode.

Hauére v[o]lút[o].

The future Infinitiue moode.

Hauére a v[o]lére. D[o]uére v[o]lére. Éssere pẻr v[o]lére.

. . . . . . .

The Present or neare Participle.

V[o]lút[o].

The Past or distant Participle.

Hauére v[o]lút[o] or Hauút[o] v[o]lút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Gerond.

V[o]lẻnd[o].

The past Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] v[o]lút[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] a v[o]lére. D[o]uẻnd[o] v[o]lére. Essend[o] pẻr v[o]lére.

Of the Auxiliare verbe P[o]tére.

The Indicatiue moode, or demonstratiue manner of Speech.

The Present or Definite tence.

I[o] póss[o]. Tù puói. Lúi può or puóte.

N[ó]i p[o]tém[o], p[o]tiám[o] or possiám[o]. V[ó]i p[o]téte. L[ó]r[o] póss[o]n[o] or pónn[o].

. . . . . . .

The doubtfull or indefinite preterimperfect tence.

I[o] p[o]téu[o]. N[ó]i p[o]teuám[o]. Tù p[o]téui. V[ó]i p[o]teuáte. Lúi p[o]téua. L[ó]r[o] p[o]téuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] p[o]téi. Tù p[o]tésti. Lúi p[o]tétte or p[o]tè.

N[ó]i p[o]témm[o]. V[ó]i p[o]téste. L[ó]r[o] p[o]tétter[o], or p[o]tér[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, or neare Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hò p[o]tút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] p[o]tút[o]. Tù hái p[o]tút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hà p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine or very distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéu[o] p[o]tút[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] p[o]tút[o]. Tù hauéui p[o]tút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hauéua p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, or neare Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi p[o]tút[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] p[o]tút[o]. Tù hauésti p[o]tút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence, or time to come.

I[o] potrò. N[ó]i potrém[o]. Tù potrái. V[ó]i potréte. Lúi potrà. L[ó]r[o] potránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue moode or commanding manner of speech.

Possiám[o] n[ó]i. Póssi tù. Possiáte v[ó]i. Póssa lúi. Póssan[o] or póssin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

Of the Optatiue Mood or wishing maner of Speech.

The present or definite Tence.

I[o] póssa. N[ó]i possiám[o]. O chè. Tù póssi. O chè. V[ó]i possiáte. Lúi póssa. L[ó]r[o] póssin[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] p[o]téssi. N[ó]i p[o]téssim[o]. O chè. Tù p[o]téssi. O chè. V[ó]i p[o]téste. Lúi p[o]tésse. L[ó]r[o] p[o]tésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The preterperfect or determined tence.

I[o] hábbia p[o]tút[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hábbia p[o]tút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] p[o]tút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterpluperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéssi p[o]tút[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hauésse p[o]tút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] p[o]tút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] póssa. O chè. Tù póssi. da quà innánzi. Lúi póssa.

N[ó]i possiám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i possiáte. da quà innánzi. L[ó]r[o] póssin[o].

. . . . . . .

The subiunctiue, dependent, or potentiall moode, whose helpes are Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè or Quándo.

The Present or Definite tence.

I[o] póssa. N[ó]i possiám[o]. Chè. Tù póssi. Chè. V[ó]i possiáte. Lúi póssa. L[ó]r[o] póssin[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, Conditionall, Doubtfull or Dependent Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] p[o]téssi. N[ó]i p[o]téssim[o]. Se Tù p[o]téssi. Se V[ó]i p[o]téste. Lúi p[o]tésse. L[ó]r[o] p[o]tésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Second, Respectiue, Relatiue, or limited Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] p[o]trẻi or p[o]tría. Tù p[o]trésti. Lúi p[o]trẻbbe or p[o]tría.

N[ó]i p[o]trémm[o]. V[ó]i p[o]tréste. L[ó]r[o] p[o]trẻbber[o] or p[o]trían[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or Determined tence.

I[o] hábbia p[o]tút[o]. Chè Tù habbi p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hábbia p[o]tút[o].

N[ó]i habbiam[o] p[o]tút[o]. Chè V[ó]i habbiáte p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, Conditionall or Doubtfull Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéssi p[o]tút[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] p[o]tút[o]. Se Tù hauéssi p[o]tút[o]. Se V[ó]i hauéste p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hauésse p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Respectiue, Relatiue or limited Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauerẻi p[o]tút[o]. N[ó]i hauerémm[o] p[o]tút[o]. Tù hauerésti p[o]tút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerebber[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Future tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò p[o]tút[o]. Quánd[o] Tù hauerái p[o]tút[o]. Lúi hauerà p[o]tút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] p[o]tút[o]. Quánd[o] V[ó]i hauérete p[o]tút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue moode.

P[o]tére.

The past or Preter Infinitiue moode.

Hauére p[o]tút[o].

The Future Infinitiue moode.

Hauére à p[o]tére. D[o]uér p[o]tére. Ésser per p[o]tére.

. . . . . . .

The present or Neere Participle.

P[o]tút[o]. Some haue vsed Possút[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauére p[o]tút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Gerond.

P[o]tẻnd[o]. Some haue vsed P[o]ssẻnd[o].

The past Geronde.

Hauẻnd[o] p[o]tút[o].

The Future Geronde.

Hauẻnd[o] à p[o]tére. D[o]uẻnd[o] p[o]tére. Éssẻnd[o] pẻr p[o]tére.

. . . . . . .

Of the Auxiliare and Irregular verbe Deuére or D[o]uére, and the true coniugating thereof.

The Indicatiue moode or Demonstratiue manner of speech.

The Present or Deffinitiue tence.

I[o] dẻbb[o], déu[o], dé[o], or déggi[o]. Tù dẻbbi, déui, or déi. Lui dẻbbe, déue, dẻe, dẻ

N[ó]i, deuém[o], deggiám[o], debbiám[o], or d[o]uém[o]. V[ó]i deuéte, or d[o]uéte. L[ó]r[o] dẻbb[o]n[o], déu[o]n[o] dénn[o], or dén.

. . . . . . .

The Doubtfull or Indeffinite Preterperfect tence.

I[o] deuéu[o], or d[o]uéu[o]. Tù deuéui or d[o]uéui. Lúi deuéua or d[o]uéua.

N[ó]i deueuám[o] or d[o]ueuám[o]. V[ó]i deueuáte or d[o]ueuáte. L[ó]r[o] deuéuan[o] or d[o]uéuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] deuéi or d[o]uéi. N[ó]i deuémm[o] or d[o]uémm[o]. Tù deuésti or d[o]uésti. V[ó]i deuéste or d[o]uéste. Lúi deuétte or d[o]uétte. L[ó]r[o] deuéttero or d[o]uétter[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Certaine or Neere Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hò deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Tù hái deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hà deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o]hánn[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or very distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéu[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Tù hauéui deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hauéua deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i haueuám[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Certaine or Neerer Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Tù hauésti deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i hauémm[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence, or time to come.

I[o] deuerò, d[o]uerò, deurò or d[o]urò. Tù deuerái, d[o]ouerái deurái, or d[o]urái. Lúi deuerà, d[o]uerà, deurà, or d[o]urà.

N[ó]i deuerém[o], d[o]uerém[o], or deurémo. V[ó]i deueréte, d[o]ueréte, or deuréte. L[ó]r[o] deueránn[o], d[o]ueránn[o] or deurann[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue moode or commanding manner of speech.

Dẻbbi or déui tù. Dẻbba, déggia or déua lúi.

Debbiám[o], d[o]uiám[o], or deuiám[o] n[ó]i. Debbiáte, d[o]bbiáte or deuiáte v[ó]i. Debban[o], déuan[o] or déggian[o].

. . . . . . .

The Optatiue moode or wishing manner of speech.

The Present or Deffinite tence.

I[o] dẻbba, déua, dẻa or déggia. O chè Tù dẻbba, déua, dẻa or déggia. Lúi dẻbba, déua, dẻa or déggia.

N[ó]i debbiám[o], d[o]uiám[o] or deggiám[o]. O chè V[ó]i debbiáte, d[o]bbiáte or deggiáte. L[ó]r[o] dẻbban[o], déuan[o], déggian[o] or déano.

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] deuéssi or d[o]uéssi. O chè Tù deuéssi or d[o]uéssi. Lúi deuésse or d[o]uésse.

N[ó]i deuéssim[o] or d[o]uéssim[o]. O chè V[ó]i deuéste or d[o]uéste. L[ó]r[o] deuésser[o] or d[o]uésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or Determined tence.

I[o] hábbia deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. O chè Tù hábbi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hábbia deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. O chè V[ó]i habbiáte deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterpluperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéssi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. O chè Tù hauéssi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hauésse deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. O chè V[ó]i hauéste deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence, or time to Come.

I[o] débba, déa, or déggia. da quà O chè Tù dẻbbi, or déui. innanzi Lúi dẻbba, déua, or déggia.

N[ó]i debbiám[o], deuiám[o], or deggiám[o]. da quà O chè V[ó]i debbiáte, deuiáte, or deggiáte. innanzi L[ó]r[o] débbano, déuano, or déggian[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue, Dependent, or Potentiall moode, whose signes are, Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

The Present, or Deffinitiue tence.

I[o] dẻbba, déua, dẻa, or déggia. Chè Tù dẻbba, déua, dẻa, or déggia. Lúi dẻbba, déua, dẻa, or déggia.

N[ó]i debbiám[o], deuiám[o], or déggiám[o]. Chè V[ó]i debbiáte, deuiáte, or déggiáte. L[ó]r[o] dẻbban[o], déuan[o], or déggian[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, Conditionall, Doubtfull or vnlimited Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] deuéssi or d[o]uéssi. Se Tù deuéssi or d[o]uéssi. Lúi deuésse or d[o]uésse.

N[ó]i deuéssim[o] or d[o]uéssim[o]. Se V[ó]i deuéste or d[o]uéste. L[ó]r[o] deuésser[o] or d[o]uésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Respectiue, limited or Relative Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] deuerẻi, d[o]uerẻi, deurẻi, d[o]urẻi, deuería, d[o]uería, deuría, or d[o]uría. Tù deuerésti, d[o]uerésti, deurésti, or d[o]urésti. Lúi deuerẻbbe, d[o]uerẻbbe, deurẻbbe, d[o]urẻbbe, deuería, d[o]uería, deuría, or d[o]uría.

N[ó]i deuerémm[o], d[o]uerémm[o], deurémm[o] or d[o]urémm[o]. V[ó]i deueréste, d[o]ueréste, deuréste, or d[o]uréste. L[ó]r[o] deuerẻbber[o], d[o]uerẻbber[o], deurẻbber[o], d[o]urẻbber[o], deuerẻbb[o]n[o], d[o]uerẻbb[o]n[o], deurẻbb[o]n[o], d[o]urẻbb[o]n[o], deuerían[o], d[o]uerían[o], deurían[o], or d[o]urían[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or determined Tence.

I[o] hábbia deuút[o], or d[o]uút[o]. Chè Tù hábbi deuút[o], or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hábbia deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] deuút[o], or d[o]uút[o]. Chè V[ó]i habbiáte deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbiano deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, Conditionall, Doubtfull or vnlimited Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéssi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Se Tù hauéssi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hauésse deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Se V[ó]i hauéste deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéssero deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Respectiue, limited or Relatiue Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauerẻi deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Tù hauerésti deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hauerèbbe deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i hauerémm[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerebbẻr[o] deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o]. Lúi hauerà deuút[o] or d[o]uút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] deuút[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte deuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] deuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Infinitiue Moode.

Deuére, or D[o]uére.

The past, or preter Infinitiue Moode.

Hauére deuút[o], or d[o]uút[o].

The future Infinitiue Moode.

Hauére a deuére. or d[o]uére. Essere pẻr deuére. or d[o]uére.

. . . . . . .

The present, or neere Participle.

Deuút[o], D[o]uút[o], or Deút[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauére deuút[o], d[o]uút[o] or deút[o], or Hauút[o] deuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Gerond.

Deuẻnd[o], or D[o]uẻnd[o].

The past Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] deuút[o], or d[o]uút[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] à deuére or douére. Essend[o] pẻr deuére or d[o]uére.

The true Coniugating of a regular Verbe of the first Coniugation, by which may be learned the certaine framing of all other regular Verbes of the said Coniugation.

The Indicatiue Moode, or demonstratiue maner of Speech.

The present or Definite tence.

Io cánt[o]. N[ó]i cantiám[o]. Tù cánti. V[ó]i cantiáte. Lúi cánta. L[ó]r[o] cántan[o].

. . . . . . .

The doubtfull, or indefinite Preterimperfectence.

I[o] cantáu[o]. N[ó]i cantauám[o]. Tù cantáui. V[ó]i cantauáte. Lúi cantáua. L[ó]r[o] cantáuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine, or distant Preterperfectence.

Io cantái. N[ó]i cantámm[o]. Tù cantásti. V[ó]i cantáste. Lúi cantò. L[ó]r[o] cantár[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The second certaine, or neere Preterperfectence.

I[o] hò cantát[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] cantát[o]. Tù hái cantát[o]. V[ó]i hauéte cantát[o]. Lúi hà cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hann[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine, or very distant Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéu[o] cantát[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] cantát[o]. Tù hauéui cantát[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte cantát[o]. Lúi hauéua cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, or neerer Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hẻbbi cantát[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] cantát[o]. Tù hauésti cantát[o]. V[ó]i hauéste cantát[o]. Lúi hẻbbe cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence, or time to come.

I[o] canterò. N[ó]i canterém[o]. Tù canterái. V[ó]i canteréte. Lúi canterà. L[ó]r[o] canteránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue Moode, or commanding manner of Speech.

Cantiám[o] n[ó]i. Cánta tù. Cantáte v[ó]i. Cánti lúi. Cántin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The optatiue Moode or wishing manner of Speech.

The present or Definite tence.

I[o] cánti. N[ó]i cantiám[o]. O chè. Tù cánti. O chè. V[ó]i cantiáte. Lúi cánti. L[ó]r[o] cántin[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect, or vndetermined Tence.

I[o] cantássi. N[ó]i cantássim[o]. O chè. Tù cantássi. O chè. V[ó]i cantáste. Lúi cantásse. L[ó]r[o] cantásser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect, or determined Tence.

I[o] hábbia cantát[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] cantát[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi cantát[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte cantát[o]. Lúi hábbia cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterpluperfect or vndetermined Tence.

I[o] hauéssi cantát[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi cantát[o]. Lúi hauésse cantát[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] cantát[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence or time to Come.

I[o] cánti. O chè. Tù cánti. da quà innánzi. Lúi cánti.

N[ó]i cantiám[o]. O chè. V[ó]i cantiáte. da quà innánzi. L[ó]r[o] cántin[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue dependent, or Potentiall Moode, whose signes are Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè or Quánd[o].

The Present, or deffinite Tence.

I[o] cánti. N[ó]i cantiám[o]. O chè. Tù cánti. O chè. V[ó]i cantiáte. Lúi cánti. L[ó]r[o] cántin[o].

. . . . . . .

The first conditionall doubtfull, or dependant Preterimperfectence.

I[o] cantássi. N[ó]i cantássim[o]. Sè. Tù cantássi. Sè. V[ó]i cantáste. Lúi cantásse. L[ó]r[o] cantásser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second Respectiue, limited, or Relatiue Preterimperfectence.

I[o] canterẻi or cantería. Tù canterésti. Lúi canterẻbbe or cantería.

N[ó]i canteremm[o]. V[ó]i canteréste. L[ó]r[o] canterẻbber[o] or canterían[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterperfect or determined Tence.

I[o] hábbia cantát[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi cantát[o]. Lúi hábbia cantát[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] cantát[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, or doubtfull Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéssi cantát[o]. Sè. Tù hauéssi cantát[o]. Lúi hauésse cantát[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] cantát[o]. Sè. V[ó]i hauéste cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The second respectiue, limited or Relatiue Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauerẻi cantát[o]. N[ó]i hauerémm[o] cantát[o]. Tù hauerésti cantát[o]. V[ó]i haueréste cantát[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence, or time to come.

I[o] hauerò cantát[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái cantát[o]. Lúi hauerà cantát[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] cantát[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte cantát[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Infinitiue Moode.

Cantáre.

The Preterperfect Infinitiue Moode.

Hauére cantát[o].

The future Infinitiue Moode.

Hauére à cantáre. D[o]uér cantáre. Esser pẻr cantáre.

. . . . . . .

The present, or neere Participle.

Cantát[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauére cantát[o].

. . . . . . .

The present or neere Gerond.

Cantánd[o].

The past or distant Gerond.

Hauúto cantát[o], or Hauére cantát[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻndo a cantáre. D[o]uẻnd[o] cantáre. Éssẻnd[o] pẻr cantáre.

The true Coniugating of the regular Verbe of the second Coniugation, by which may be learned the certaine framing of all regular Verbes, both of the said and the third Coniugation.

The Indicatiue Moode, or demonstratiue manner of Speech.

The present or deffinite Tence.

I[o] gód[o]. N[ó]i godém[o], or godiámo. Tù gódi. V[ó]i godéte. Lúi góde. L[ó]r[o] gód[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The doubtfull, or indeffinite Preterimperfectence.

I[o] g[o]déu[o]. N[ó]i g[o]deuám[o]. Tù g[o]déui. V[ó]i g[o]deuáte. Lúi g[o]déua. L[ó]r[o] g[o]déuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterfectence.

I[o] g[o]déi. N[ó]i g[o]démm[o]. Tù g[o]désti. V[ó]i g[o]déste. Lúi g[o]détte. L[ó]r[o] g[o]détter[o] or g[o]dér[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The second certaine or nearer Preterperfectence.

I[o] hò g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] g[o]dút[o]. Tù hái g[o]dút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hà g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or very distant Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéu[o] g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] g[o]dút[o]. Tù hauéui g[o]dút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hauéua g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second certaine or nearer Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hẻbbi g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] g[o]dút[o]. Tù hauésti g[o]dút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hebbẻr[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] goderò or godrò. N[ó]i goderém[o] or godrém[o]. Tù goderái or godrái. V[ó]i goderéte or godréte. Lúi goderà or godrà. L[ó]r[o] goderánn[o] or godránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue moode, or commanding manner of Speech.

Godiám[o] n[ó]i. Gódi tù. Godéte v[ó]i. Góda lúi. Gódin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The Optatiue moode, or wishing manner of Speech.

The present or deffinite Tence.

I[o] góda. N[ó]i godiám[o]. Ochè. Tù góda. O chè. V[ó]i godiáte. Lúi góda. L[ó]r[o] gódan[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect or vndetermined Tence.

I[o] g[o]déssi. N[ó]i g[o]déssim[o]. O chè. Tù g[o]déssi. O chè. V[ó]i g[o]déste. Lúi g[o]désse. L[ó]r[o] g[o]désser[o].

. . . . . . .

The preterperfect or determined tence.

I[o] hábbia g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] g[o]dút[o]. Chè. Tù hábbi g[o]dút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hábbia g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The preterpluperfect or vndetermined tence.

I[o] hauéssi g[o]dút[o]. Ochè. Tù hauéssi g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hauésse g[o]dút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] g[o]dút[o]. Ochè. V[ó]i hauéste g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence, or time to come.

I[o] góda. Ochè. Tù góda. da quà innanzi. Lúi góda.

N[ó]i godiám[o]. Ochè. V[ó]i godiáte. da quà innanzi. L[ó]r[o] gódan[o].

. . . . . . .

The subiunctiue, dependent, or potentiall moode, whose signes are Chè, Se, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quándo.

The Present or Definite tence.

I[o] góda. N[ó]i godiám[o]. Chè. Tù góda. Chè. V[ó]i godiáte. Lùi góda. L[ó]r[o] gódan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, conditionall, doubtfull, or dependent preterimperfect tence.

I[o] g[o]déssi. N[ó]i g[o]déssim[o]. Se. Tú g[o]déssi. Se. V[ó]i g[o]déste. Lúi g[o]désse. L[ó]r[o] g[o]désser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respectiue, limited, or relatiue Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] g[o]deréi or g[o]dería. Tù g[o]derésti. Lúi g[o]derẻbbe or g[o]dería.

N[ó]i g[o]derémm[o]. V[ó]i g[o]deréste. L[ó]r[o] g[o]derẻbber[o] or g[o]derían[o].

. . . . . . .

The preterperfect or determined tence.

I[o] hábbia g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] g[o]dút[o]. Chè. Tù hábbi g[o]dút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hábbia g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, conditionall, doubtfull, or dependent Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéssi g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] g[o]dút[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi g[o]dút[o]. Se. V[ó]i hauéste g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hauésse g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respective, limited, or relatiue Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] haueréi g[o]dút[o]. N[ó]i hauerémm[o] g[o]dút[o]. Tù hauerésti g[o]dút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò g[o]dút[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái g[o]dút[o]. Lúi hauerà g[o]dút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] g[o]dút[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte g[o]dút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The present Infinitiue moode.

G[o]dére.

The Preterperfect Infinitiue mood.

Hauére g[o]dút[o].

The future Infinitiue moode.

Hauére a g[o]dére. D[o]uére g[o]dére. Éssere pẻr g[o]dére.

. . . . . . .

The present or neare Participle.

G[o]dút[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauút[o] g[o]dút[o]. or Hauére g[o]dút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Gerond.

G[o]dẻnd[o].

The past or distant Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] g[o]dút[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] a g[o]dẻre. D[o]uẻnd[o] g[o]dére. Éssẻnd[o] pẻr g[o]dére.

The true coniugating of a regular Verbe of the third Coniugation, by which may be learned the certaine framing of any regular verbe of the said Coniugation.

The Indicatiue moode, or demonstratiue manner of speech.

The present or definit tence.

I[o] ricéu[o]. N[ó]i riceuém[o] or riceuiám[o]. Tù ricéui. V[ó]i riceuéte. Lúi ricéue. L[ó]r[o] ricéu[o]n[o] or ricé[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The Doubtfull or Indefinite Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] riceuéu[o]. N[ó]i riceueuám[o]. Tù riceuéui. V[ó]i riceueuáte. Lúi riceuéua. L[ó]r[o] riceuéuan[o]

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] riceuéi. N[ó]i riceuémm[o]. Tù riceuésti. V[ó]i riceuéste. Lúi riceuétte. L[ó]r[o] riceuétter[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, Certaine or Neere Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hò riceuút[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] riceuút[o]. Tù hái riceuút[o]. V[ó]i hauéte riceuút[o]. Lúi hà riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine, or distant Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéu[o] riceuút[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] riceuút[o]. Tù hauéui riceuút[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte riceuút[o]. Lúi hauéua riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, certaine, or nearer Preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hẻbbi riceuút[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] riceuút[o]. Tù hauésti riceuút[o]. V[ó]i hauéste riceuút[o]. Lúi hẻbbe riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] riceuerò. N[ó]i riceuerém[o]. Tù riceuerái. V[ó]i riceueréte. Lúi riceuerà. L[ó]r[o] riceueránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue or commanding manner of Speech.

Riceuiám[o] n[ó]i. Ricéui tù. Riceuéte v[ó]i. Ricéua lúi. Ricéuin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The Optatiue moode, or wishing manner of Speech.

The Present or Definite tence.

I[o] ricéua. N[ó]i riceuiám[o]. O chè. Tù ricéua. O chè. V[ó]i riceuiáte. Lúi ricéua. L[ó]r[o] ricéuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The vndetermined Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] riceuéssi. N[ó]i riceuéssim[o]. O chè. Tù riceuéssi. O chè. V[ó]i riceuéste. Lúi riceuésse. L[ó]r[o] riceuésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The determined Preterperfect tence.

I[o] hábbia riceuút[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi riceuút[o]. Lúi hábbia riceuút[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] riceuút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The vndetermined preterpluperfect tence.

I[o] hauéssi riceuút[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi riceuút[o]. Lúi hauésse riceuút[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] riceuút[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] ricéua. N[ó]i riceuiám[o]. O chè. Tù ricéua. O chè. V[ó]i riceuiáte. da quà innanzi. Lúi ricéua. L[ó]r[o] ricéuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue Dependent or potentiall moode, whose signes are, Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciochè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

The Present or Deffinite tence.

N[ó]i riceuiám[o]. Chè. Tù ricéua. Chè. V[ó]i riceuiáte. Lúi ricéua. L[ó]r[o] ricéuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull, or Dependent Preterimperfectence.

I[o] riceuéssi. N[ó]i riceuéssim[o]. Se. Tù riceuéssi. Se. V[ó]i riceuéste. Lúi riceuésse. L[ó]r[o] riceuésser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second Respectiue, limited, or Relatiue Preterimperfectence.

I[o] riceuerẻi, or riceuería. Tù riceuerésti. Lúi riceuerẻbbe, or riceuería.

N[ó]i riceuerémm[o]. V[ó]i riceueréste. L[ó]r[o] riceuerẻbber[o], or riceuerían[o].

. . . . . . .

The Determined Preterperfectence.

I[o] hábbia riceuút[o]. N[ó]i habbiam[o] riceuút[o]. Chè. Tù hábbi riceuút[o]. Chè. V[ó]i habbiáte riceuút[o]. Lúi hábbia riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbin[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull, or Dependent Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéssi riceuút[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] riceuút[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi riceuút[o]. Se. V[ó]i hauéste riceuút[o]. Lúi hauésse riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The second Respectiue, limited or Relatiue Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauerẻi riceuút[o]. N[ó]i hauerémm[o] riceuút[o]. Tù hauerésti riceuút[o]. V[ó]i haueréste riceuút[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò riceuút[o]. Quánd[o]. Tù hauerái riceuút[o]. Lúi hauerà riceuút[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] riceuút[o]. Quánd[o]. V[ó]i haueréte riceuút[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue moode.

Ricéuere.

The Preterperfect Infinitiue moode.

Hauére riceuút[o].

The future Infinitiue moode.

Hauére a ricéuere. D[o]uére ricéuere. Éssere pẻr ricéuere.

. . . . . . .

The Present or neare Participle.

Riceuút[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauére riceuút[o], or Hauút[o] riceuút[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Gerond.

Riceuẻnd[o].

The past or distant Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] riceuút[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] a ricéuere. D[o]uẻnd[o] ricéuere. Essẻnd[o] pẻr ricéuere.

The true coniugating of a regular verbe of the fourth Coniugation, by which may be learned the certaine framing of all regular verbes of the said coniugation.

The Indicatiue moode or Demonstratue manner of speech.

The Present or Deffinite tence.

I[o] dórm[o]. N[ó]i dormím[o]. Tù dórmi. V[ó]i dormíte. Lúi dórme. L[ó]r[o] dórm[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The Doubtfull or vndeffinite Preterimperfectence.

I[o] dormíu[o]. N[ó]i dormiuám[o]. Tù dormíui. V[ó]i dormiuáte. Lúi dormíua. L[ó]r[o] dormíuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterfectence.

I[o] dormíj. N[ó]i dormímm[o]. Tù dormísti. V[ó]i dormíste. Lúi dormì. L[ó]r[o] dormír[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The second certaine or nearer Preterperfectence.

I[o] hò dormít[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] dormít[o]. Tù hái dormít[o]. V[ó]i hauéte dormít[o]. Lúi hà dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hánn[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéu[o] dormít[o]. N[ó]i haueuám[o] dormít[o]. Tù hauéui dormít[o]. V[ó]i haueuáte dormít[o]. Lúi hauéua dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauéuan[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The second certaine or nearer Preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hẻbbi dormít[o]. N[ó]i hauémm[o] dormít[o]. Tù hauésti dormít[o]. V[ó]i hauéste dormít[o]. Lúi hẻbbe dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hẻbber[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] dormirò. N[ó]i dormirém[o]. Tù dormirái. V[ó]i dormiréte. Lúi dormirà. L[ó]r[o] dormiránn[o].

The Imperatiue moode or commanding manner of speech.

Dormiám[o] n[ó]i. Dórmi tù. Dormíte v[ó]i. Dórma lúi. Dórmin[o] L[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The Optatiue moode or wishing manner of speech.

The Present or deffinite tence.

I[o] dórma. N[ó]i dormiám[o]. O chè. Tù dórma. O chè. V[ó]i dormiáte. Lúi dórma. L[ó]r[o] dórman[o].

. . . . . . .

The vndetermined or Preterimperfectence.

I[o] dormíssi. N[ó]i dormissim[o]. O chè. Tù dormíssi. O chè. V[ó]i dormíste. Lúi dormísse. L[ó]r[o] dormísser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Determined or Preterperfectence.

I[o] hábbia dormít[o]. O chè. Tù hábbi dormít[o]. Lúi hábbia dormít[o].

N[ó]i habbiám[o] dormít[o]. O chè. V[ó]i habbiáte dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] habbian[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The vndetermined or preterpluperfectence.

I[o] hauéssi dormít[o]. O chè. Tù hauéssi dormít[o]. Lúi hauésse dormít[o].

N[ó]i hauéssim[o] dormít[o]. O chè. V[ó]i hauéste dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] dórma. N[ó]i dormiám[o]. O chè. Tù dórma. O chè. V[ó]i dormiáte. da quà innánzi. Lúi dórma. L[ó]r[o] dórman[o].

. . . . . . .

The Subiunctiue Dependent or potentiall moode, whose signes are, Chè, Sè, Benchè, Acciòchè, Purchè, or Quánd[o].

The Present or Deffinite tence.

I[o] dórma. N[ó]i dormiám[o]. Chè. Tù dórma. Chè. V[ó]i dormiáte. Lúi dórma. L[ó]r[o] dórman[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull, or Dependent Preterimperfectence.

I[o] dormíssi. N[ó]i dormíssim[o]. Sè. Tù dormíssi. Sè. V[ó]i dormíste. Lúi dormísse. L[ó]r[o] dormísser[o].

. . . . . . .

The Second Respectiue, limited or Relatiue Preterimperfectence,

I[o] dormirẻi. N[ó]i dormirémm[o]. Tù dormirésti. V[ó]i dormiréste. Lúi dormirẻbbe. L[ó]r[o] dormirẻbber[o].

. . . . . . .

The Determined or Preterperfectence.

I[o] hábbia dormít[o]. N[ó]i habbiám[o] dormít[o]. Chè Tù hábbi dormít[o]. Chè V[ó]i habbiáte dormít[o]. Lúi hábbia dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hábbian[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The first Conditionall, Doubtfull or Dependent Preterpluperfectence,

I[o] hauéssi dormít[o]. N[ó]i hauéssim[o] dormít[o]. Se. Tù hauéssi dormít[o]. Se. V[ó]i hauéste dormít[o]. Lúi hauésse dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauésser[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The second Respectiue, limited, or Relatiue Preterpluperfectence

I[o] hauerẻi dormít[o]. N[ó]i hauerémm[o] dormít[o]. Tù hauerésti dormít[o]. V[ó]i haueréste dormít[o]. Lúi hauerẻbbe dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] hauerẻbber[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The future tence or time to come.

I[o] hauerò dormít[o]. Quándo. Tù hauerái dormít[o]. Lúi hauerà dormit[o].

N[ó]i hauerém[o] dormít[o]. Quándo. V[ó]i haueréte dormít[o]. L[ó]r[o] haueránn[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue moode.

Dormíre.

The Preterperfect Infinitiue moode.

Hauére dormít[o].

The future Infinitiue moode.

Hauére a dormíre. D[o]uére dormíre. Éssere pẻr dormíre.

. . . . . . .

The Present or neare participle.

Dormít[o].

The past or distant Participle.

Hauére dormít[o], or Hauút[o] dormít[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Gerond.

Dormẻndo.

The past or distant Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] dormít[o].

The future Gerond.

Hauẻnd[o] a dormíre. D[o]uênd[o] dormíre. Essẻnd[o] pẻr dormíre.

Of the chiefest Irregular verbes of the first Coniugation.

I haue already noted that of the Italian verbes some may be reduced vnder certain infallible rules, and therefore are called regular, of which who can coningate but one, may by the same (knowing but the Infinitiue moode) frame and coniugate all of that coniugation. It remaineth that I say something of those that either much or little vary and differ from the said rules, and are therefore called irregular. Of the first Coniugation there are but foure, that is to say, Andáre, Dáre, Fáre, Stáre, which are irregular but in some tences, namely, in the Present tence and first Preterperfectence of the Indicatiue moode, and in the Present tence of the Optatiue moode, and consequently in that of the Subiunectiue and in the Imperatiue. The rest of the tences are all regular, sauing the first or conditionall Imperfectence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moode, of Dáre, Fáre, and Stáre, as for example.

. . . . . . .

The Present or Deffinite tence of the Indicatiue moode.

I[o] vád[o], or vò. N[ó]i andiám[o]. Tù vái. V[ó]i andáte. Lúi và. L[ó]r[o]vánn[o].

I[o] dò. N[ó]i diám[o]. Tù dái. V[ó]i dáte. Lúi dà. L[ó]r[o] dánn[o].

. . . . . . .

I[o] fácci[o], or fò. N[ó]i facciám[o]. Tù fái. V[ó]i fáte. Lúi fà. Ló]r[o] fánn[o].

I[o] stò. N[ó]i stiám[o], or stém[o]. Tù stái. V[ó]i státe. Lúi stà. L[ó]r[o] stánn[o].

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or Distant Preterperfectence.

I[o] diẻdi, détti, or diẻi. Tù désti. Lúi diẻde, diè, or détte.

N[ó]i démm[o]. V[ó]i déste. L[ó]r[o] diẻder[o], diér[o], diér, détter[o] or détt[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

I[o] féci, or féi. Tù facésti. Lúi féce, fé[o], or fè. N[ó]i facémm[o], or fémm[o]. V[ó]i facéste, or féste. L[ó]r[o] fécer[o], fér[o], fér[o]n[o], fér, or férn[o].

. . . . . . .

I[o] stéi, or stétti. Tù stésti. Lúi stétte, or stè.

N[ó]i stémm[o]. V[ó]i stéste. L[ó]r[o], stétter[o], stér[o]n[o], stér[o], stérn[o], or stér.

. . . . . . .

This tence of Andáre is regular, looke Cantáre.

. . . . . . .

The Imperatiue or commanding moode.

Diám[o] n[ó]i. Facciám[o] n[ó]i. Dà tù. Dáte v[ó]i. Fà tù. Fáte v[ó]i. Día lúi. Dían[o] l[ó]r[o]. Fácci lúi. Fáccin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

Stám[o] n[ó]i. Andiám[o] n[ó]i. Stà tù. Státe v[ó]i. Và tù. Andáte v[ó]i. Stía lúi. Stían[o] l[ó]r[o]. Vádi lúi. Vádin[o] l[ó]r[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present tence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moode.

I[o] día. N[ó]i diám[o]. O chè. Tù díj. V[ó]i diáte. Lúi día. L[ó]r[o] dían[o].

I[o] fáccia. N[ó]i facciám[o]. O chè. Tù fácci. V[ó]i facciáte. Lúi fáccia. L[ó]r[o] fáccin[o].

. . . . . . .

I[o] stía. N[ó]i stiám[o]. O chè. Tù stíj. V[ó]i stiáte. Lúi stía. L[ó]r[o] stían[o].

I[o] váda. N[ó]i andiám[o]. O chè. Tù vádi. V[ó]i andiáte. Lúi váda. L[ó]r[o] vádin[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfectence of the Optatiue moode or first and Conditionall of the Subiunctiue moode.

I[o] déssi. N[ó]i déssim[o]. Se, or Tù déssi. V[ó]i déste. Chè. Lúi désse. L[ó]r[o] désser[o].

I[o] stéssi. N[ó]i stéssim[o]. Se, or Tù stéssi. V[ó]i stéste. Chè. Lúi stésse. L[ó]r[o] stésser[o].

. . . . . . .

This tence of Fáre and Andáre is regular, the first according to Fácere, the second according to Andáre. All other tences and Participles are regular and framed of their Infinitiues.

Of the chiefest irregular verbes of the second Coniugation.

The chiefest irregular verbes of the second Coniugation, and which vary and differ from the regular in some tences, namely in the Present and first or distant Preterperfectence of the Indicatiue moode, and in the Present tence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moode, and by consequence of the Imperatiue, and that but in some persons, whereof if one know but the first singular, he may easily frame the rest, as in the first verbe, Hauére, before set downe hath beene at large declared. As also the variation of their Participles, as also the sincopating of some of them either in the Future tence of the Indicatiue, and the Respectiue or Relatiue of the Potentiall or Subiunctiue moode, are these, Hauére, Cadére, Calére, Capére, D[o]lére, D[o]uére, or Deuére, Giacére, Parére, P[o]tére, S[o]lére, Tacére, Tenére, Valére, V[o]lére. Of which I only set downe the two first persons singular of the aboue named tences, the sincopated tence, and the participle, all others being very easie, as you may perceiue in Hauére.

The Present or Deffinite tence of the Indicatiue moode.

I[o] cád[o], or cággi[o]. L[ó]r[o] cádon[o], or cággion[o]. I[o] cágli[o]. L[ó]r[o] cágli[o]n[o]. I[o] cápi[o]. L[ó]r[o] cáp[o]n[o]. I[o] dólg[o]. L[ó]r[o] dólg[o]n[o]. I[o] dẻbb[o]. L[ó]r[o] dẻbb[o]n[o]. I[o] giácci[o]. L[ó]r[o] giácci[o]n[o]. I[o] pár[o], or pái[o]. L[ó]r[o] pái[o]n[o], or pár[o]n[o].

I[o] póss[o]. L[ó]r[o] póss[o]n[o]. I[o] sò, sái, sà. L[ó]r[o] sánn[o]. I[o] sógli[o]. L[ó]r[o] sógli[o]n[o]. I[o] tácci[o]. L[ó]r[o] tácci[o]n[o]. I[o] tẻng[o]. L[ó]r[o] tẻng[o]n[o]. I[o] vágli[o]. L[ó]r[o] vágli[o]n[o]. I[o] vógli[o]. L[ó]r[o] vógli[o]n[o].

The other foure persons are regular and may be framed by the Infinitiue moode, as you may see in Hauére.

. . . . . . .

The first vncertaine or distant Preterperfectence.

I[o] cáddi. I[o] lúi cádde. lúi lór[o] cádder[o]. lór[o] cálsi. I[o] dólsi. cálse. lúi dólse. cálser[o]. lór[o] I[o] giácqui. I[o] lúi giácque. lúi dólser[o]. lór[o] párui, or pársi. párue, or párse. giácquer[o]. lór[o] I[o] sólsi. I[o] lúi sólse. lúi páruer[o], or párser[o]. tácqui. I[o] ténni. tácque. lúi ténne. lór[o] sólser[o]. lór[o] I[o] válsi. lúi válse. tácquer[o]. lór[o] ténner[o]. lór[o] válser[o].

The other three persons are regular and to be framed by the Infinitiue moode, as may be seen in Hauére. D[o]uére, P[o]tére, and V[o]lére, are already coniugated at large, therefore I omit them.

. . . . . . .

The future tence of the Indicatiue moode of such verbes of the second coniugation as are sincopated or vary from the infinitiue moode.

I[o] cadrò. Nói cadrém[o]. Tù cadrái. Vói cadréte. Lúi cadrà. L[ó]r[o] cadránn[o].

I[o] dorrò. Nói dorrém[o]. Tù dorrái. Vói dorréte. Lúi dorrà. L[ó]r[o] dorránn[o].

I[o] parrò. Nói parrém[o]. Tù parrái. Vói parréte. Lúi parrà. L[ó]r[o] parránn[o].

I[o] saprò. Nói saprém[o]. Tù saprái. Vói sapréte. Lúi saprà. L[ó]r[o] sapránn[o].

I[o] terrò. N[ó]i terrém[o]. Tù terrái. V[ó]i terréte. Lúi terrà. L[ó]r[o] terránn[o].

I[o] varrò. N[ó]i varrém[o]. Tù varrái. V[ó]i varréte. Lúi varrà. L[ó]r[o] varránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Presentence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue Moodes.

I[o] cáda, or cággia. I[o] cáglia. I[o] cápa. I[o] dólga. O chè, or I[o] giáccia. chè I[o] páia. I[o] sóglia. I[o] táccia. I[o] váglia. I[o] tẻnga. _The rest of the persons are L[ó]r[o] cádan[o], or cággian[o]. regular._ L[ó]r[o] cáglian[o]. L[ó]r[o] cápan[o]. L[ó]r[o] dólgan[o]. O chè, or L[ó]r[o] giáccian[o]. chè L[ó]r[o] páian[o]. L[ó]r[o] sóglian[o]. L[ó]r[o] táccian[o]. L[ó]r[o] tẻngan[o]. L[ó]r[o] váglian[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respectiue, limited, or Relatiue Preterimperfectence of such Verbes of the second Coniugation as may bee sincopated and irregularly vsed.

I[o] cadrẻi, or cadría. N[ó]i cadrémm[o]. I[o] dórrẻi, or dorría. N[ó]i dorrémm[o]. I[o] parrẻi, or parría. N[ó]i parrémm[o]. I[o] saprẻi, or sapría. N[ó]i saprémm[o]. I[o] torrẻi, or torría. N[ó]i torrémm[o]. I[o] varrẻi, or varría. N[ó]i varrémm[o].

Tù cadrésti. V[ó]i cadréste. Tù dorrésti. V[ó]i dorréste. Tù parrésti. V[ó]i parréste. Tù saprésti, V[ó]i sapréste. Tù torrésti. V[ó]i torréste. Tù varrésli. V[ó]i varréste.

Lúi cadrẻbbe, or cadría. L[ó]r[o] cadrẻbber[o] ,or cadrían[o]. Lúi dorrẻbbe, or dorría. L[ó]r[o] dorrẻbber[o], or dorrian[o]. Lúi parrẻbbe, or parría. L[ó]r[o] parrẻbber[o], or parrían[o]. Lúi saprẻbbe, or sapría. L[ó]r[o] saprẻbber[o], or saprían[o]. Lúi torrẻbbe, or torría. L[ó]r[o] torrẻbber[o], or torrían[o]. Lúi varrẻbbe, or varría. L[ó]r[o] varrẻbber[o], or varrian[o].

Hauére, D[o]uére, and P[o]tére, are already set downe at large.

. . . . . . .

The Participles of their Verbes, are commonly Regular, except some fewe, as for example.

Cadút[o]. Calút[o],or Cáls[o]. Capút[o]. D[o]lút[o]. D[o]uút[o]. Giaciút[o]. Parút[o],or párs[o].

P[o]tút[o]. S[o]lút[o]. Taciút[o]. Tenút[o]. Valút[o],or váls[o]. V[o]lút[o]. &c.

Of the chiefe irregular Verbes of the third Coniugation.

The chiefest irregular Verbes of the third Coniugation, and which in some Tences, namely in the Infinitiue Moode, in the future tence of the Indicatiue, and in the second, respectiue or Relatiue Preterimperfectence of the Subiunctiue moode, vary and are sincopated, are here Alphabetically set down, Namely the Infinitiue Moode, then the first person singular of the Presentence, the first person singular of the first or distant Preterperfectence of the Indicatiue Moode, and the Participles. As for all other Tences and Persons, you may learne to frame them, either by Hauére, Godére, or Ricéuere, as hauing coherencie one with another in their terminations, for betweene the second and third Coniugations there is no difference but in the Accenting of the Infinitiue Moode.

The Infinitiue The first person Moode. of the _Presentence of the Indicatiue Moode_.

Árdere. I[o] árd[o]. Assúmere. I[o] assúm[o]. Béuere or Bére. I[o] Béu[o] or Bé[o]. Cẻdere. I[o] cẻd[o]. Cíngere or Cígnere. I[o] cíng[o] or cígn[o]. Chiúdere or Clúdere. I[o] chiúd[o] or clúd[o]. Cógliere or Córre. I[o] cólg[o]. C[ó]rrere. I[o] córr[o]. Créscere. I[o] crésc[o]. Cuócere. I[o] cuóc[o]. Dúcere or Dúrre. I[o] dúc[o]. Ergere. I[o] ẻrg[o]. Espẻllere. I[o] espẻll[o]. Esprimere. I[o] esprim[o]. Estínguere. I[o] estíngu[o]. Fẻndere. I[o] fẻnd[o]. F[ó]ndere. I[o] f[ó]nd[o]. Frangere. I[o] fráng[o]. Fríggere. I[o] frígg[o]. Gi[ó]ngere or Giúgnere. I[o] giúng[o] or giúgn[o]. Intẻndere. I[o] intẻnd[o]. Intrúdere. I[o] intrúd[o]. Lẻggere. I[o] lẻgg[o]. Lúcere. I[o] lúc[o]. Méttere. I[o] métt[o]. M[ó]ngere or Múgnere. I[o] múng[o] or múgn[o]. Muóuere. I[o] muóu[o]. Náscere. I[o] násc[o]. Nuócere. I[o] nuoc[o]. Offẻndere. I[o] [o]ffẻnd[o]. Opprímere. I[o] [o]pprím[o]. Pẻndere. I[o] pẻnd[o]. Pẻrcuótere. I[o] pẻrcuót[o]. Pẻrdere. I[o] pẻrd[o]. Piángere or Piágnere. I[o] piáng[o] or piágn[o]. Píngere or Pígnere. I[o] píng[o] or pígn[o]. Pónere or Pórre. I[o] Póng[o]. Prẻndere. I[o] prẻnd[o]. Pr[o]tẻggere. I[o] pr[o]tẻgg[o]. Púngere or Púgnere. I[o] púng[o] or púgn[o]. Rádere. I[o] rád[o]. Rẻggere. I[o] rẻgg[o]. Rẻndere. I[o] rẻnd[o]. Ridere. I[o] rid[o]. R[ó]mpere. I[o] rómp[o]. R[ó]dere. I[o] r[ó]d[o]. Scẻgliere or Sciẻrre. I[o] sciẻlg[o] or scẻgli[o]. Sciógliere or Sciórre. I[o] sciólg[o] or sciógli[o]. Scuótere. I[o] scuót[o]. S[o]mmẻrgere. I[o] s[o]mmẻrg[o]. S[ó]rgere or Súrgere. I[o] s[ó]rg[o] or súrg[o]. Spégnere. I[o] spẻgn[o] or spẻng[o]. Spíngere or Spígnere. I[o] spíng[o] or spígn[o]. Stríngere. I[o] stríng[o]. Strúggere or Strúrre. I[o] strúgg[o]. Succẻdere. I[o] succẻd[o]. Tingere or Tignere. I[o] tíng[o] or tígn[o]. Tógliere or Tórre. I[o] tólg[o] or Tógli[o]. Trággere or Trárre. I[o] trágg[o]. Vólgere. I[o] vólg[o].

The first The Participles. Preterperfectence _of the Indicatiue Moode_.

I[o] ársi. Ars[o]. I[o] assúnsi. Assúnt[o]. I[o] beuui. Beuút[o], or Beút[o]. I[o] cẻssi. Cẻss[o]. I[o] cínsi. Cínt[o]. I[o] chiúsi or clúsi. Chiús[o], or Clús[o]. I[o] cólsi. Cólt[o]. I[o] c[ó]rsi. C[ó]rs[o]. I[o] crébbi. Cresciút[o]. I[o] cóssi. Cótt[o]. I[o] dússi. Dútt[o], or D[ó]tt[o]. I[o] ẻrsi. Ert[o]. I[o] espúlsi. Espúls[o]. I[o] esprẻssi. Esprẻss[o]. I[o] estínsi. Estínt[o]. I[o] féssi. Féss[o]. I[o] fúsi. Fús[o]. I[o] fránsi. Fránt[o], or Frátt[o]. I[o] fríssi. Frítt[o]. I[o] Gi[ó]nsi, or giúnsi. Gi[ó]nt[o], or Giúnt[o]. I[o] intési. Intés[o]. I[o] intrúsi. Intrús[o]. I[o] lẻssi. Lẻtt[o]. I[o] lússi. Lúss[o], or Luciút[o]. I[o] mísi. Méss[o]. I[o] múnsi. Múnt[o], or M[ó]nt[o]. I[o] móssi. Móss[o]. I[o] nácqui. Nát[o]. I[o] nócqui. Nociút[o]. I[o] [o]ffesi. [O]ffés[o]. I[o] [o]pprẻssi. [O]pprẻss[o]. I[o] pési. Pés[o]. I[o] pẻrcóssi. Pẻrcóss[o]. I[o] pẻrsi. Pẻrs[o]. I[o] piánsi. Piánt[o]. I[o] pínsi. Pínt[o], or Pítt[o]. I[o] p[ó]si. Póst[o]. I[o] prési. Prés[o]. I[o] protẻssi. Pr[o]tẻtt[o]. I[o] púnsi. Púnt[o], or P[ó]nt[o]. I[o] rási. Rás[o]. I[o] rẻssi. Rẻtt[o], or Rẻss[o]. I[o] rési. Rés[o]. I[o] risi. Rís[o]. I[o] rúppi. R[ó]tt[o]. I[o] r[ó]si. R[ó]s[o]. I[o] scẻlsi. Scẻlt[o]. I[o] sciólsi. Sciólt[o]. I[o] scóssi. Scóss[o]. I[o] s[o]mmẻrsi. S[o]mmẻrs[o]. I[o] súrsi. Súrt[o] or s[ó]rt[o]. I[o] spẻnsi. Spẻnt[o]. I[o] spínsi. Spínt[o]. I[o] strínsi. Strétt[o]. I[o] strússi. Strútt[o]. I[o] succẻssi. Succẻss[o]. I[o] tínsi. Tínt[o]. I[o] tólsi. Tólt[o]. I[o] trássi. Trátt[o]. I[o] vólsi. Vólt[o].

. . . . . . .

Because there be some of these verbes that sometimes varie from the rest, and are sincopated in the Future tence of the Indicatiue moode, and in the second or respectiue Preterimperfect tence of the Subiunctiue moode, I haue set downe the first persons of the singular of both those tences, leauing the other persons as being easie to be framed by the first as in Hauére you may see more at large in those two tences.

The Future tence of sincopated verbes.

I[o] corrò. Of Cógliere. I[o] durrò. Of Dúrre. I[o] porrò. Of Pónere. I[o] sciẻrrò. Of Scẻgliere. I[o] sciorrò. Of Scógliere. I[o] torrò. Of Tógliere. I[o] trarrò. Of Trárre.

The second or Respectiue Preterimperfect tence of the Subiunctiue moode of sincopated verbes.

I[o] corrẻi or corría. I[o] durrẻi or durría. I[o] porrẻi or porría. I[o] scẻrrẻi or sciẻrría. I[o] sciorrẻi or sciorría. I[o] torrẻi or torría. I[o] trarrẻi or trarría.

. . . . . . .

And so of all the compounds of Dúrre or Pórre, which are diuers, as Addúrre, C[o]ndúrre, Dedúrre, Pr[o]dúrre, &c. and Appórre, C[o]mpórre, Impórre, Pr[o]pórre, Trapórre, S[o]ppórre, and many others. All which may be learned by one.

. . . . . . .

Note that if among these irregulars, I haue omitted any, you may be resolued of them in looking but the Infinitiue moode in my Dictionary.

. . . . . . .

I haue not set downe the Presentence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moode as being all one, because they may all be framed by one rule, which is by changing the last, O, of the first person singular of the Presentence of the Indicatiue moode into, A, and then you haue all the three persons singular of the said Presentence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue, to frame the first plurall change the A, of one of the singular into, I, and adde, Am[o], to the same, to frame the second plurall, doe the like and ioyne, Ate, vnto it, and to frame the third plurall, adde, No, vnto any of the said three persons singular, as for example. O che i[o] cáda, tù cáda, lúi cáda, N[ó]i cadiámo, v[ó]i cadiáte, l[o]r[o] cadán[o]; and so of all the rest, as well of the second as of the third Coniugations.

Of the irregular verbes of the fourth Coniugation.

The chiefest irregular verbes of the fourth Coniugation are, Apríre, C[o]nuertíre, C[o]príre, Díre, Gíre, Instruíre, Ire, M[o]ríre, [O]ffríre or [O]fferíre, Salíre, S[o]fferíre or S[o]ffríre, Vdíre, Veníre, and Vscíre.

All which varie onely in the Present tence, and first Preterperfect tence of the Indicatiue moode, and in the Presentence of the Optatiue, and Subiunctiue moode, and in the Participles. All other tences are regular, and knowing the Infinitiue moode, you may easily frame them by D[o]rmíre.

. . . . . . .

The Present or Definitiue tence of the Indicatiue moode.

I[o] ápr[o]. Tù apri. Lúi ápre. N[ó]i aprím[o]. V[ó]i apríte. L[ó]r[o] ápr[o]n[o].

I[o] óffer[o]. Tù ófferi. Lúi óffre. N[ó]i offrím[o]. V[ó]i offríte. L[ó]r[o] óffr[o]n[o].

C[o]nuẻrt[o]. C[o]nuẻrti. C[o]nuẻrte. C[o]nuẻrtim[o]. C[o]nuẻrtite. C[o]nuẻrt[o]n[o].

Sálg[o] or ságlio. Sáli. Sále. Salím[o]. Salíte. Sálg[o]n[o] or ságli[o]n[o].

Cuópr[o]. Cuópri. Cuópre. Coprím[o]. Copríte. Cuópr[o]n[o].

S[ó]ffr[o]. S[ó]ffri. S[ó]ffre. S[ó]ffrim[o]. S[ó]ffrite. S[ó]ffr[o]n[o].

Díc[o]. Díci. Díce. Diciám[o]. Díte. Díc[o]n[o].

Ód[o]. Ódi. Óde. Vdím[o]. Vdíte. Ód[o]n[o].

Muói[o] or Muór[o]. Muóri or Muói. Muóre. Morím[o] or Moiám[o]. Moríte. Muói[o]n[o] or Muór[o]n[o].

Vẻng[o]. Viẻni. Viẻne. Vením[o]. Veníte. Vẻng[o]n[o].

Ésc[o]. Ésci. Ésce. Vscím[o]. Vscíte. Ésc[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The first or distant Preterfectence of the Indicatiue moode.

I[o] apẻrsi. Tù aprísti. Lúi apẻrse. N[ó]i aprímm[o]. V[ó]i apríste. L[ó]r[o] apẻrser[o].

I[o] [o]ffẻrsi. Tù offrísti. Lúi [o]ffẻrse. N[ó]i [o]ffrímm[o]. V[ó]i [o]ffríste. L[ó]r[o] [o]ffẻrser[o].

C[o]nuẻrsi. C[o]nuertísti. C[o]nuẻrse. C[o]nuertímm[o]. C[o]nuertíste. C[o]nuertír[o]n[o].

Sálsi. Salísti. Sálse. Salímm[o]. Salíste. Sálser[o].

C[o]pẻrsi. C[o]prísti. C[o]pẻrse. C[o]prímm[o]. C[o]príste. C[o]prír[o]n[o].

S[o]ffẻrsi. S[o]ffrísti. S[o]ffẻrse. S[o]ffrímm[o]. S[o]ffríste. S[o]ffẻrser[o].

Díssi. Dicésti. Dísse. Dicémm[o]. Dicéste. Dísser[o].

Instrússi. Instruísti. Instrússe. Instruímm[o]. Instruíste. Instrússer[o].

Vénni. Venísti. Vénne. Venímm[o]. Veníste. Vénner[o].

M[o]ríre, Vdíre, and Vscíre are in this tence singular, as D[o]rmíre: altough some haue vsed and doe abvsiuely vse to say Mórsi, Mórse, and Mórser[o], for Morij, Morì, and M[o]rír[o]n[o]. For Mórsi, Morse and Mórser[o], belong rightly to the verbe Mórdere.

. . . . . . .

The Present or Deffinitiue tence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moodes.

I[o] cuópra. Tù cuópra. Lúi cuópra. N[ó]i c[o]priám[o]. V[ó]i c[o]priáte. L[ó]r[o] c[ó]pran[o].

I[o] óda. Tù óda. Lúi óda. N[ó]i vdiám[o]. V[ó]i vdiáte. L[ó]r[o] ódan[o].

Díca. Díca. Díca. Diciám[o]. Diciáte. Dícan[o].

Vẻnga. Vẻnga. Vẻnga. Veniám[o]. Veniáte. Vẻngan[o].

Muóia. Muóia. Muóia. Muoiám[o]. Moiáte. Muóian[o].

Ésca. Ésca. Ésca. Vsciám[o]. Vsciáte. Éscan[o].

Sálga. Sálga. Sálga. Sagliám[o]. Sagliate. Sálgan[o].

Apríre, C[o]nuertíre, [O]fferíre, and S[o]fferíre, are in this tence regular, and may be framed as all the rest by D[o]rmíre: The Imperative moode hath such coherencie with this, as I say nothing of it.

. . . . . . .

The Participles of this Verbe, are

Apẻrt[o]. C[o]pẻrt[o]. Détt[o]. Instrútt[o]. Mórt[o]. [O]ffẻrt[o]. S[o]ffẻrt[o]. Venút[o].

The rest are all regular, and to be framed by the Infinitiue moode, as D[o]rmít[o] of D[o]rmíre, C[o]nuẻrtit[o], Gít[o], Ít[o], Salít[o], Vdít[o], Vscít[o], &c. sauing Instruíre, which makes Instrútt[o].

. . . . . . .

Note that M[o]ríre is sincopated in two tences, that is to say, in the future tence of the Indicatiue, and in the second or respectiue Preterimperfect tence of the Potentiall or Subiunctiue moode; for instead of M[o]rirò, M[o]rirái, M[o]rirà, M[o]rirém[o], M[o]riréte, M[o]riránn[o], M[o]rirẻi, M[o]rirésti, M[o]rirẻbbe, M[o]rirémm[o], M[o]riréste, M[o]rirẻbber[o], you may say, Morrò, Morrái, Morrà, Morrém[o], Morréte, Morránn[o], Morrẻi, Morrésti, Morrẻbbe, Morrémm[o], Morréste, Morrẻbber[o] or Morrẻbb[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

Note that besides the abouesaid verbs there be also some other of the said Coniugation, which some haue put in the rancke of irregulars, for so much as they make vse of this sillable Sc[o], in foure persons of the Present tences of the Indicatiue, and of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moodes, that is to say, the three persons singular, and the third plurall, of which whosoeuer can coniugate one, knowes how to coniugate and frame the rest, all other tences being regular, and to be framed by D[o]rmíre, the chiefest of which are.

Annighitíre. Ardíre. Arr[o]ssíre. Auuilíre. Bandíre. . C[o]ndíre. Deffiníre. Fallíre. Feríre. Finíre. Fi[o]ríre. F[o]rbíre. Gioíre. Guaríre. Impalidíre. Infastidíre. Ingagliardíre. Inghi[o]ttíre. Insuperbíre. Inrig[o]ríre. Languíre. Mentíre. Nutríre. [O]rdíre. Patíre. Períre. Piatíre. Rapíre. Sbig[o]ttíre St[o]rdíre. Tradíre. Vbidíre.

And diuers others.

. . . . . . .

The Present tence of the Indicatiue moode.

I[o] ardísc[o] or arr[o]ssísc[o]. Tù ardísci or arr[o]ssísci. Lúi ardísce or arr[o]ssísce.

N[ó]i ardím[o] or arr[o]ssím[o]. V[ó]i ardíte or arr[o]ssíte. L[ó]r[o] ardísc[o]n[o] or arr[o]ssísc[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The present tence of the Optatiue and Subiunctiue moodes.

I[o] ardísca or vbidísca. Tù ardísca or vbidísca. Lúi ardísca or vbidísca.

N[ó]i ardiám[o] or vbidiám[o]. V[ó]i ardiáte or vbidiáte. L[ó]r[o] ardíscan[o] or vbidíscan[o].

. . . . . . .

Yet note, that there be some that at the choice of the speaker or writer may eyther vse or leaue the said sillable Sc[o], as namely these: Fallíre, F[o]rbíre, Inghi[o]ttíre, Mentíre, [O]fferíre, Patíre, Períre, Piatíre, S[o]ffríre, of which you may at your pleasure say eyther, Fáll[o] or Fallísc[o], F[ó]rb[o] or F[o]rbísc[o], Inghi[o]tt[o] or Inghi[o]ttísc[o], Mént[o] or Mentísc[o], Óffr[o] or Offrísc[o], Pát[o] or Patísc[o], Pér[o] or Perísc[o], Piát[o] or Piatísc[o], S[ó]ffr[o] or S[o]ffrísc[o], &c.

. . . . . . .

Of Íre and Gíre.

Forasmuch as these two verbes Íre and Gíre, which in signification be but one, are very irregular, and want some tences, and yet are much in vse among good Authors, I thought it not amisse to set them downe, and how they are to be coniugated.

The Indicatiue or Demonstratiue moode.

The Present or Definite tence.

N[ó]i gím[o] or ím[o]. V[ó]i gíte or íte.

. . . . . . .

The doubtfull or indefinite Preterimperfect tence.

I[o] gíu[o] or íu[o]. N[ó]i giuám[o] or iuám[o]. Tù gíui or íui. V[ó]i giuáte or iuáte. Lúi gíua or íua. L[ó]r[o] gíuan[o] or íuan[o].

. . . . . . .

The first, vncertaine, or distant Preterperfect tence.

I[o] gíj. N[ó]i gímm[o] or ímm[o]. Tù gísti. V[ó]i gíste or íste. Lúi gí. L[ó]r[o] gír[o]n[o] or ír[o]n[o].

. . . . . . .

The future Tence, or time to come.

I[o] girò or irò. N[ó]i girém[o] or irém[o]. Tù girái or irái. V[ó]i giréte or iréte. Lúi girà or irà. L[ó]r[o] giránn[o] or iránn[o].

. . . . . . .

The Preterimperfect tence of the Optatiue or first and Conditionall of the Subiunctiue moode.

I[o] gíssi or íssi. N[ó]i gíssim[o] or íssim[o]. Tù gíssi or íssi. V[ó]i gíste or íste. Lúi gísse or ísse. L[ó]r[o] gísser[o] or ísser[o].

. . . . . . .

The second, respectiue or relatiue Preterimperfect tence of the Subiunctiue moode.

I[o] girẻi or irẻi. Tù girésti or irésti. Lúi girẻbbe or irẻbbe.

N[ó]i girémm[o] or irémm[o]. V[ó]i giréste or iréste. L[ó]r[o] girẻbber[o] or irẻbber[o].

. . . . . . .

The Present Infinitiue moode.

Gíre or Ire.

The Participle.

Gít[o] or It[o].

. . . . . . .

All other tences are framed by the Participles Gít[o] or It[o], and the helpe of the verbe Éssere, as thus.

I[o] s[ó]n[o] gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] fúi gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] fóssi gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] sarò gít[o] or ít[o]. Essẻnd[o] gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] ẻr[o] gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] sía gít[o] or ít[o]. I[o] sarẻi gít[o] or ít[o]. Éssere gít[o] or ít[o]. Essẻnd[o] pẻr gíre or íre.

. . . . . . .

And thus much I thinke sufficient to haue spoken of Verbes, wherein if I haue been ouer long, I humbly beseech your Maiesty to pardon mee, and impute it as well to your owne gracious commandement, as to the necessary vse of them: for, as your sacred selfe well knowes, there is no part of speech so necessary to be knowen, and as farre as I could euer read, heare or see none more imperfectly and poorely set downe in other Grammars or Rules of the Italian tongue. And if any accuse mee to haue vsed some vnusuall and new names for some Verbes, Tences or Moodes, be it lawfull for mee to runne for refuge vnto your Royall protection, that haue euer so graciously beene pleased to grace and approoue them. And be but your Maiesty pleased, I care not greatly who be displeased. But Madam let me now say something of the Indeclinable Particles or Immutables as parts of speech very essentiall, and so frequent in vse, that no man can speake fiue words without some of them.

Of the Indeclinable Particles or Immutable parts of speech.

The immutable Particles or Indeclinable parts of speech haue heretofore of most Gramarians beene reduced into foure chiefe and seuerall squadrons, of them called, Aduerbs, Coniunctions, Prepositions and Interiections, and euery one of them subdiuided into other heads (namely the Aduerbs, as being the maine battallion of them all) according to the import, signification or effect of them (a thing much to be respected both by the speaker or writer.) Now for as much as these Particles hauing no affinity or dependancy or (as I may say) deriuation of the Latine tongue, are many in number, often and much in vse, and most-most necessary, as well for the true vnderstanding, as for the right speaking of the Italian tongue, I haue here for your Maiesties more ready vse and seruice made a collection of most of them (for the number of them is infinite) and Alphabetically set them downe vnder their seuerall heads, which as yet I neuer saw done by any. And first of Aduerbes or phrases and locutions that are Aduerbially vsed, which are sometimes

Of place or locall, or as some haue called them of motion. Of time or vicissitude, or as some haue valled them of succession. Of quality, of similitude, of order or degree and fashion. Of quantity, of proportion of relation or discretion. Of deniall or refusall. Of wishing or imploring. Of affirming, of asseueration or swearing. Of calling or inuoking. Of encouraging or animating. Of prohibition or forbidding. Of demonstration. Of doubting or vncertainty. Of concluding sence or yeelding reason. Of comparing or respect. Of distinction or declaration. Of Exception. Of asking or questioning. Of Admiration. Of giuing thankes, and so forth.

Aduerbes locall of Place or of motion.

Acánt[o], by or ioyning vnto. Adẻstra, on the right side. Adirimpẻtt[o], oueragainst. Adóss[o], vpon or ouer. Afáccia, in presence or face. Afr[ó]nte, infront, ouer-against. Alát[o], close by the sides. All'inc[ó]ntr[o], on the other side. All'ingiù, downward. All'insù, upward. All'int[ó]rn[o], about. Altr[ó]nde, else-whence. Altr[ó]ue, else-where. Amán[o], at hand, neare vnto. Apẻtt[o], ouer-against, front. Apiè, at the feete, low. Àpp[o], neare by, close vnto. Apprẻss[o], by, neare. Asinístra, on the least side. At[ó]rn[o], about. Atrauẻrs[o], athwart. Auánti, before, in face. Auís[o], in face, in view. Cè, there. Cì, heere or there. Círca, about. Circ'int[ó]rn[o], round about. C[o]là, there away, yonder. C[o]lagiù, yonder below. C[o]lasù yonder aboue. C[ó]ntra, against, opposite. C[o]stà, there, yonder. C[o]stì, there, yonder. C[o]sticì, there away or about. C[o]stínci, hence, away. C[o]stíndi, thence away. C[o]stíui, there away or about. Dal[ó]ngi, afar or distant off. Dal[o]ntán[o], idem. Da ógni bánda, on euery side. Da ógni lát[o], on euery side. Da pẻr tútt[o], euery whence or where. Daprẻss[o], neere vnto. Also from neere. Datt[ó]rn[o], about or from about. Déntr[o], within, or in. Dentr[o]uía, withinward. Di c[o]stà, thereaway. Di c[o]stínci, thenceaway. Di dẻntro, within, or in. Di diétr[o], behind or after. Diétr[o], behind or after. Dietr[o]uía, behind or after. Di fuóra, without, from abroad. Di fuóri, idem. Di là, beyond. Also thence. Di là ẻt di quà, thence and hence. Also on that or on this side. Di lì, thence, from thence. Di l[ó]ngi, from afar. Di l[ó]ng[o], along, alongst. Di l[o]ntán[o], afar off. Di quà, hence or on this side. Di quà ẻt di là, hence and thence. Also on this and on that side. Di qualunque luóg[o], from what place soeuer. Di quì, from hence, hence. Di quínci, from hence. Di quíndi, from thence. Dint[ó]rn[o], about or from about. Discóst[o], far distant, far off. Di s[ó]pra, aboue or ouer. Also from aboue. Di s[ó]tt[o], vnder or lower. Also from vnder. Di trauẻrs[o], athwart, acrosse. D[ó]nde, whence, from whence. D[ó]pp[o], behind or after. D[ó]ue, where, whither. D[o]ue si sia, wheresoeuer. D[o]uúnque, wheresoeuer. Éntr[o], within or in. Éntr[o]uía, in or within ward. Frà, amidst or betweene. Frauía, in the way or betweene. Fuóra, out or without. Fuóri, without, or out. Giù or Giúso, downe, below. Giústa, right anunst. In, in, or within. Indi, thence, frothence. In dispárte, apart far off. In fín[o], vntill so farre. Infrà, betweene or amidst. Infuóra, outward. In giù, downeward. In là, thitherward. In quà, hitherward. In qualúnque luóg[o], in what place soeuer. In sù, or In súso, vpward. Íui, there. Iuiuía, thereaway. Là, there, yonder, in that place. Là déntr[o], there within. Là d[ó]ue, there where. Là éntro, there within. Là ẻt quà, there and heere. Là fuóri, there without. Là giù, Laggiù, there below. Là int[ó]rn[o], thereabouts. Là [ó]nde, there whence. Là [ó]ue, there where. La s[ó]pra, there aboue. La s[ó]tt[o], there vnder. La sù, Lassù, there aboue. Lì, there, in that place. Lì fuóri, there without. Lì giù, there below. Lì int[ó]rn[o], thereabouts. Lì s[ó]pra, there aboue. Lì s[ó]tt[o], there vnder. Lì sù, there aboue. L[ó]ngi, farre distant. L[ó]ng[o], along, alongst. L[o]ntán[o], farre off, distant. Nè, in the, or in. [Ó]ltra, [Ó]ltre, beyond or ouer. [Ó]nde, whence, from whence. [O]nde chè sia, whencesoeuer. [Ó]ue, where, whither. [O]ue chè, where that. [O]ue si sia, wheresoeuer. [O]uúnque, whithersoeuer. Pẻr, through or by. Pẻr bánda, by the side, sidelin. Pẻr c[o]là, that way, there away. Pẻr c[o]stà, there away, that way. Pẻr costínci, there thence, there away. Pẻr déntr[o], inward or inwardly. Pẻr éntr[o], inward or inwardly. Pẻr entr[o]uía, Idem. Pẻr là, there away, that way. Pẻr la vía, Idem. Pẻr lát[o], sidelin, aside. Pẻr lì, there away, there abouts. Pẻr ógni bánda, euery way or side. Pẻr ógni lát[o], Idem. Pẻr quà, this way, hitherwards. Pẻr qualúnque luóg[o], by any place. Pẻr quì, this way, or hitherwards. Pẻr trauẻrs[o], athwart, acrosse. Pẻr tútt[o], euery where. Prẻsso, neere, at hand, hard by. Príma, before in place. Quà, heere or hither. Quà dẻntro, heere within. Quà ẻt là, heere and there. Quà fuóri, heere without. Quà giù, Quaggiù, heere below. Qualúnque luóg[o], any place. Qua sù, Quassù, heere aboue. Quì, heere, in this place, hither. Quì dẻntr[o], heere within. Qui ẻt là, heere and there. Quínci, hence, from hence. Quínci vía, hence away. Quíndi, thence, from thence. Quíui, there, thither. Quíui fuóri, there without. Rasẻnte, anenst, close vnto. Rimpẻtt[o], ouer against. Risc[ó]ntr[o], ouer against. S[ó]pra, aboue, vp. S[ó]pra vía, aboue hand. S[ó]tt[o], vnder. S[o]tt[o]uía, vnder hand. Sù, Súso, vp, vpward. Supẻr, vp by, vpward. Trà, betweene, amidst. Trapẻr, betweene by. V', where, whither. Vè, there, in that place. Vẻrs[o], towards. Vẻrs[o] c[o]là, towards there. Vẻrs[o] d[ó]ue, where towards. Vẻrs[o] quà, toward this way. Vẻrs[o] quíui, towards there. Vì, there, in that place. Vicíno, neere by, neighbouring.